1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 #include "version.h" 16 17 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 18 # include <float.h> 19 #endif 20 21 static int linelen(int *has_tab); 22 static void do_filter(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out); 23 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 24 static char_u *viminfo_filename(char_u *); 25 static void do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags); 26 static int viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp); 27 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks(vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing); 28 #endif 29 30 static int check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf); 31 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 32 static void delbuf_msg(char_u *name); 33 #endif 34 static int 35 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 36 _RTLENTRYF 37 #endif 38 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2); 39 static void prepare_help_buffer(void); 40 41 /* 42 * ":ascii" and "ga". 43 */ 44 void 45 do_ascii(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 46 { 47 int c; 48 int cval; 49 char buf1[20]; 50 char buf2[20]; 51 char_u buf3[7]; 52 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 53 int cc[MAX_MCO]; 54 int ci = 0; 55 int len; 56 57 if (enc_utf8) 58 c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc); 59 else 60 #endif 61 c = gchar_cursor(); 62 if (c == NUL) 63 { 64 MSG("NUL"); 65 return; 66 } 67 68 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 69 IObuff[0] = NUL; 70 if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80) 71 #endif 72 { 73 if (c == NL) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 74 c = NUL; 75 if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC) 76 cval = NL; /* NL is stored as CR */ 77 else 78 cval = c; 79 if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' ' 80 #ifndef EBCDIC 81 || c > '~' 82 #endif 83 )) 84 { 85 transchar_nonprint(buf3, c); 86 vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), " <%s>", (char *)buf3); 87 } 88 else 89 buf1[0] = NUL; 90 #ifndef EBCDIC 91 if (c >= 0x80) 92 vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), " <M-%s>", 93 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f)); 94 else 95 #endif 96 buf2[0] = NUL; 97 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 98 _("<%s>%s%s %d, Hex %02x, Octal %03o"), 99 transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval); 100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 101 if (enc_utf8) 102 c = cc[ci++]; 103 else 104 c = 0; 105 #endif 106 } 107 108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 109 /* Repeat for combining characters. */ 110 while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80))) 111 { 112 len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff); 113 /* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */ 114 if (len > 0) 115 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 116 IObuff[len++] = '<'; 117 if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c) 118 # ifdef USE_GUI 119 && !gui.in_use 120 # endif 121 ) 122 IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */ 123 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len); 124 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len, 125 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o") 126 : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"), c, c, c); 127 if (ci == MAX_MCO) 128 break; 129 if (enc_utf8) 130 c = cc[ci++]; 131 else 132 c = 0; 133 } 134 #endif 135 136 msg(IObuff); 137 } 138 139 /* 140 * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text. 141 */ 142 void 143 ex_align(exarg_T *eap) 144 { 145 pos_T save_curpos; 146 int len; 147 int indent = 0; 148 int new_indent; 149 int has_tab; 150 int width; 151 152 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 153 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 154 { 155 /* switch left and right aligning */ 156 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right) 157 eap->cmdidx = CMD_left; 158 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) 159 eap->cmdidx = CMD_right; 160 } 161 #endif 162 163 width = atoi((char *)eap->arg); 164 save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; 165 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* width is used for new indent */ 166 { 167 if (width >= 0) 168 indent = width; 169 } 170 else 171 { 172 /* 173 * if 'textwidth' set, use it 174 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it 175 * if invalid value, use 80 176 */ 177 if (width <= 0) 178 width = curbuf->b_p_tw; 179 if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0) 180 width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; 181 if (width <= 0) 182 width = 80; 183 } 184 185 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 186 return; 187 188 for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 189 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 190 { 191 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* left align */ 192 new_indent = indent; 193 else 194 { 195 has_tab = FALSE; /* avoid uninit warnings */ 196 len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab 197 : NULL) - get_indent(); 198 199 if (len <= 0) /* skip blank lines */ 200 continue; 201 202 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center) 203 new_indent = (width - len) / 2; 204 else 205 { 206 new_indent = width - len; /* right align */ 207 208 /* 209 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far 210 * to the right. 211 */ 212 if (has_tab) 213 while (new_indent > 0) 214 { 215 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); 216 if (linelen(NULL) <= width) 217 { 218 /* 219 * Now try to move the line as much as possible to 220 * the right. Stop when it moves too far. 221 */ 222 do 223 (void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0); 224 while (linelen(NULL) <= width); 225 --new_indent; 226 break; 227 } 228 --new_indent; 229 } 230 } 231 } 232 if (new_indent < 0) 233 new_indent = 0; 234 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); /* set indent */ 235 } 236 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L); 237 curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos; 238 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 239 } 240 241 /* 242 * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space. 243 */ 244 static int 245 linelen(int *has_tab) 246 { 247 char_u *line; 248 char_u *first; 249 char_u *last; 250 int save; 251 int len; 252 253 /* find the first non-blank character */ 254 line = ml_get_curline(); 255 first = skipwhite(line); 256 257 /* find the character after the last non-blank character */ 258 for (last = first + STRLEN(first); 259 last > first && VIM_ISWHITE(last[-1]); --last) 260 ; 261 save = *last; 262 *last = NUL; 263 len = linetabsize(line); /* get line length */ 264 if (has_tab != NULL) /* check for embedded TAB */ 265 *has_tab = (vim_strrchr(first, TAB) != NULL); 266 *last = save; 267 268 return len; 269 } 270 271 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting. They are allocated to 272 * contain the longest line being sorted. */ 273 static char_u *sortbuf1; 274 static char_u *sortbuf2; 275 276 static int sort_ic; /* ignore case */ 277 static int sort_nr; /* sort on number */ 278 static int sort_rx; /* sort on regex instead of skipping it */ 279 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 280 static int sort_flt; /* sort on floating number */ 281 #endif 282 283 static int sort_abort; /* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */ 284 285 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */ 286 typedef struct 287 { 288 linenr_T lnum; /* line number */ 289 union { 290 struct 291 { 292 varnumber_T start_col_nr; /* starting column number */ 293 varnumber_T end_col_nr; /* ending column number */ 294 } line; 295 varnumber_T value; /* value if sorting by integer */ 296 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 297 float_T value_flt; /* value if sorting by float */ 298 #endif 299 } st_u; 300 } sorti_T; 301 302 static int 303 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 304 _RTLENTRYF 305 #endif 306 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2); 307 308 static int 309 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 310 _RTLENTRYF 311 #endif 312 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2) 313 { 314 sorti_T l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1; 315 sorti_T l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2; 316 int result = 0; 317 318 /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but 319 * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and 320 * exit. */ 321 if (sort_abort) 322 return 0; 323 fast_breakcheck(); 324 if (got_int) 325 sort_abort = TRUE; 326 327 /* When sorting numbers "start_col_nr" is the number, not the column 328 * number. */ 329 if (sort_nr) 330 result = l1.st_u.value == l2.st_u.value ? 0 331 : l1.st_u.value > l2.st_u.value ? 1 : -1; 332 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 333 else if (sort_flt) 334 result = l1.st_u.value_flt == l2.st_u.value_flt ? 0 335 : l1.st_u.value_flt > l2.st_u.value_flt ? 1 : -1; 336 #endif 337 else 338 { 339 /* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no 340 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the 341 * second one. */ 342 STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr, 343 l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1); 344 sortbuf1[l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0; 345 STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr, 346 l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1); 347 sortbuf2[l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0; 348 349 result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2) 350 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2); 351 } 352 353 /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */ 354 if (result == 0) 355 return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum); 356 return result; 357 } 358 359 /* 360 * ":sort". 361 */ 362 void 363 ex_sort(exarg_T *eap) 364 { 365 regmatch_T regmatch; 366 int len; 367 linenr_T lnum; 368 long maxlen = 0; 369 sorti_T *nrs; 370 size_t count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1); 371 size_t i; 372 char_u *p; 373 char_u *s; 374 char_u *s2; 375 char_u c; /* temporary character storage */ 376 int unique = FALSE; 377 long deleted; 378 colnr_T start_col; 379 colnr_T end_col; 380 int sort_what = 0; 381 int format_found = 0; 382 383 /* Sorting one line is really quick! */ 384 if (count <= 1) 385 return; 386 387 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 388 return; 389 sortbuf1 = NULL; 390 sortbuf2 = NULL; 391 regmatch.regprog = NULL; 392 nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE); 393 if (nrs == NULL) 394 goto sortend; 395 396 sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = 0; 397 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 398 sort_flt = 0; 399 #endif 400 401 for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p) 402 { 403 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 404 ; 405 else if (*p == 'i') 406 sort_ic = TRUE; 407 else if (*p == 'r') 408 sort_rx = TRUE; 409 else if (*p == 'n') 410 { 411 sort_nr = 1; 412 ++format_found; 413 } 414 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 415 else if (*p == 'f') 416 { 417 sort_flt = 1; 418 ++format_found; 419 } 420 #endif 421 else if (*p == 'b') 422 { 423 sort_what = STR2NR_BIN + STR2NR_FORCE; 424 ++format_found; 425 } 426 else if (*p == 'o') 427 { 428 sort_what = STR2NR_OCT + STR2NR_FORCE; 429 ++format_found; 430 } 431 else if (*p == 'x') 432 { 433 sort_what = STR2NR_HEX + STR2NR_FORCE; 434 ++format_found; 435 } 436 else if (*p == 'u') 437 unique = TRUE; 438 else if (*p == '"') /* comment start */ 439 break; 440 else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL) 441 { 442 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 443 break; 444 } 445 else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL) 446 { 447 s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL); 448 if (*s != *p) 449 { 450 EMSG(_(e_invalpat)); 451 goto sortend; 452 } 453 *s = NUL; 454 /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */ 455 if (s == p + 1) 456 { 457 if (last_search_pat() == NULL) 458 { 459 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); 460 goto sortend; 461 } 462 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC); 463 } 464 else 465 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC); 466 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 467 goto sortend; 468 p = s; /* continue after the regexp */ 469 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 470 } 471 else 472 { 473 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 474 goto sortend; 475 } 476 } 477 478 /* Can only have one of 'n', 'b', 'o' and 'x'. */ 479 if (format_found > 1) 480 { 481 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 482 goto sortend; 483 } 484 485 /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any integer number 486 * sorting. */ 487 sort_nr += sort_what; 488 489 /* 490 * Make an array with all line numbers. This avoids having to copy all 491 * the lines into allocated memory. 492 * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for 493 * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on. This means the pattern 494 * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line. 495 * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf". 496 */ 497 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) 498 { 499 s = ml_get(lnum); 500 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 501 if (maxlen < len) 502 maxlen = len; 503 504 start_col = 0; 505 end_col = len; 506 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, s, 0)) 507 { 508 if (sort_rx) 509 { 510 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s); 511 end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); 512 } 513 else 514 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); 515 } 516 else 517 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 518 end_col = 0; 519 520 if (sort_nr 521 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 522 || sort_flt 523 #endif 524 ) 525 { 526 /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end 527 * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */ 528 s2 = s + end_col; 529 c = *s2; 530 *s2 = NUL; 531 /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */ 532 p = s + start_col; 533 if (sort_nr) 534 { 535 if (sort_what & STR2NR_HEX) 536 s = skiptohex(p); 537 else if (sort_what & STR2NR_BIN) 538 s = skiptobin(p); 539 else 540 s = skiptodigit(p); 541 if (s > p && s[-1] == '-') 542 --s; /* include preceding negative sign */ 543 if (*s == NUL) 544 /* empty line should sort before any number */ 545 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value = -MAXLNUM; 546 else 547 vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_what, 548 &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value, NULL, 0); 549 } 550 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 551 else 552 { 553 s = skipwhite(p); 554 if (*s == '+') 555 s = skipwhite(s + 1); 556 557 if (*s == NUL) 558 /* empty line should sort before any number */ 559 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = -DBL_MAX; 560 else 561 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = 562 strtod((char *)s, NULL); 563 } 564 #endif 565 *s2 = c; 566 } 567 else 568 { 569 /* Store the column to sort at. */ 570 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.start_col_nr = start_col; 571 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.end_col_nr = end_col; 572 } 573 574 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum; 575 576 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 577 fast_breakcheck(); 578 if (got_int) 579 goto sortend; 580 } 581 582 /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */ 583 sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); 584 if (sortbuf1 == NULL) 585 goto sortend; 586 sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); 587 if (sortbuf2 == NULL) 588 goto sortend; 589 590 /* Sort the array of line numbers. Note: can't be interrupted! */ 591 qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare); 592 593 if (sort_abort) 594 goto sortend; 595 596 /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */ 597 lnum = eap->line2; 598 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) 599 { 600 s = ml_get(nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum); 601 if (!unique || i == 0 602 || (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0) 603 { 604 /* Copy the line into a buffer, it may become invalid in 605 * ml_append(). And it's needed for "unique". */ 606 STRCPY(sortbuf1, s); 607 if (ml_append(lnum++, sortbuf1, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL) 608 break; 609 } 610 fast_breakcheck(); 611 if (got_int) 612 goto sortend; 613 } 614 615 /* delete the original lines if appending worked */ 616 if (i == count) 617 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) 618 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); 619 else 620 count = 0; 621 622 /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */ 623 deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2)); 624 if (deleted > 0) 625 mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted); 626 else if (deleted < 0) 627 mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L); 628 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted); 629 630 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 631 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 632 633 sortend: 634 vim_free(nrs); 635 vim_free(sortbuf1); 636 vim_free(sortbuf2); 637 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 638 if (got_int) 639 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 640 } 641 642 /* 643 * ":retab". 644 */ 645 void 646 ex_retab(exarg_T *eap) 647 { 648 linenr_T lnum; 649 int got_tab = FALSE; 650 long num_spaces = 0; 651 long num_tabs; 652 long len; 653 long col; 654 long vcol; 655 long start_col = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ 656 long start_vcol = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ 657 int temp; 658 long old_len; 659 char_u *ptr; 660 char_u *new_line = (char_u *)1; /* init to non-NULL */ 661 int did_undo; /* called u_save for current line */ 662 int new_ts; 663 int save_list; 664 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ 665 linenr_T last_line = 0; /* last changed line */ 666 667 save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 668 curwin->w_p_list = 0; /* don't want list mode here */ 669 670 new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg)); 671 if (new_ts < 0) 672 { 673 EMSG(_(e_positive)); 674 return; 675 } 676 if (new_ts == 0) 677 new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts; 678 for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) 679 { 680 ptr = ml_get(lnum); 681 col = 0; 682 vcol = 0; 683 did_undo = FALSE; 684 for (;;) 685 { 686 if (VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[col])) 687 { 688 if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0) 689 { 690 /* First consecutive white-space */ 691 start_vcol = vcol; 692 start_col = col; 693 } 694 if (ptr[col] == ' ') 695 num_spaces++; 696 else 697 got_tab = TRUE; 698 } 699 else 700 { 701 if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1)) 702 { 703 /* Retabulate this string of white-space */ 704 705 /* len is virtual length of white string */ 706 len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol; 707 num_tabs = 0; 708 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) 709 { 710 temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts); 711 if (num_spaces >= temp) 712 { 713 num_spaces -= temp; 714 num_tabs++; 715 } 716 num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts; 717 num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts; 718 } 719 if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab || 720 (num_spaces + num_tabs < len)) 721 { 722 if (did_undo == FALSE) 723 { 724 did_undo = TRUE; 725 if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1), 726 (linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 727 { 728 new_line = NULL; /* flag out-of-memory */ 729 break; 730 } 731 } 732 733 /* len is actual number of white characters used */ 734 len = num_spaces + num_tabs; 735 old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr); 736 new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1, 737 TRUE); 738 if (new_line == NULL) 739 break; 740 if (start_col > 0) 741 mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col); 742 mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len, 743 ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1)); 744 ptr = new_line + start_col; 745 for (col = 0; col < len; col++) 746 ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' '; 747 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); 748 if (first_line == 0) 749 first_line = lnum; 750 last_line = lnum; 751 ptr = new_line; 752 col = start_col + len; 753 } 754 } 755 got_tab = FALSE; 756 num_spaces = 0; 757 } 758 if (ptr[col] == NUL) 759 break; 760 vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol); 761 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 762 if (has_mbyte) 763 col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col); 764 else 765 #endif 766 ++col; 767 } 768 if (new_line == NULL) /* out of memory */ 769 break; 770 line_breakcheck(); 771 } 772 if (got_int) 773 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 774 775 if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts) 776 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 777 if (first_line != 0) 778 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L); 779 780 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; /* restore 'list' */ 781 782 curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts; 783 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 784 785 u_clearline(); 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest 790 * 791 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 792 */ 793 int 794 do_move(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T dest) 795 { 796 char_u *str; 797 linenr_T l; 798 linenr_T extra; /* Num lines added before line1 */ 799 linenr_T num_lines; /* Num lines moved */ 800 linenr_T last_line; /* Last line in file after adding new text */ 801 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 802 win_T *win; 803 tabpage_T *tp; 804 #endif 805 806 if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2) 807 { 808 EMSG(_("E134: Move lines into themselves")); 809 return FAIL; 810 } 811 812 num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1; 813 814 /* 815 * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb 816 * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses. 817 */ 818 if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL) 819 return FAIL; 820 for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++) 821 { 822 str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra)); 823 if (str != NULL) 824 { 825 ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 826 vim_free(str); 827 if (dest < line1) 828 extra++; 829 } 830 } 831 832 /* 833 * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our 834 * mark_adjust() calls. 835 * 836 * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the 837 * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks 838 * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added 839 * our new lines. 840 * 841 * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions 842 * (either forwards or backwards). 843 * 844 * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to 845 * their final destination at the new text position -- webb 846 */ 847 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 848 mark_adjust_nofold(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L); 849 if (dest >= line2) 850 { 851 mark_adjust_nofold(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L); 852 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 853 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) { 854 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 855 foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, line1, line2, dest); 856 } 857 #endif 858 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1; 859 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest; 860 } 861 else 862 { 863 mark_adjust_nofold(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L); 864 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 865 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) { 866 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 867 foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, dest + 1, line1 - 1, line2); 868 } 869 #endif 870 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1; 871 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines; 872 } 873 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 874 mark_adjust_nofold(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line, 875 -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L); 876 877 /* 878 * Now we delete the original text -- webb 879 */ 880 if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL) 881 return FAIL; 882 883 for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++) 884 ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE); 885 886 if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report) 887 { 888 if (num_lines == 1) 889 MSG(_("1 line moved")); 890 else 891 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines moved"), num_lines); 892 } 893 894 /* 895 * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines. 896 */ 897 if (dest >= line1) 898 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest; 899 else 900 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1; 901 902 if (line1 < dest) 903 { 904 dest += num_lines + 1; 905 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 906 if (dest > last_line + 1) 907 dest = last_line + 1; 908 changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L); 909 } 910 else 911 changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L); 912 913 return OK; 914 } 915 916 /* 917 * ":copy" 918 */ 919 void 920 ex_copy(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T n) 921 { 922 linenr_T count; 923 char_u *p; 924 925 count = line2 - line1 + 1; 926 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1; 927 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count; 928 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 929 930 /* 931 * there are three situations: 932 * 1. destination is above line1 933 * 2. destination is between line1 and line2 934 * 3. destination is below line2 935 * 936 * n = destination (when starting) 937 * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying) 938 * line1 = start of source (while copying) 939 * line2 = end of source (while copying) 940 */ 941 if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL) 942 return; 943 944 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n; 945 while (line1 <= line2) 946 { 947 /* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within 948 * ml_append() */ 949 p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1)); 950 if (p != NULL) 951 { 952 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 953 vim_free(p); 954 } 955 /* situation 2: skip already copied lines */ 956 if (line1 == n) 957 line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 958 ++line1; 959 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1) 960 ++line1; 961 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2) 962 ++line2; 963 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 964 } 965 966 appended_lines_mark(n, count); 967 968 msgmore((long)count); 969 } 970 971 static char_u *prevcmd = NULL; /* the previous command */ 972 973 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 974 void 975 free_prev_shellcmd(void) 976 { 977 vim_free(prevcmd); 978 } 979 #endif 980 981 /* 982 * Handle the ":!cmd" command. Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd" 983 * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command. 984 * Remember the argument. 985 */ 986 void 987 do_bang( 988 int addr_count, 989 exarg_T *eap, 990 int forceit, 991 int do_in, 992 int do_out) 993 { 994 char_u *arg = eap->arg; /* command */ 995 linenr_T line1 = eap->line1; /* start of range */ 996 linenr_T line2 = eap->line2; /* end of range */ 997 char_u *newcmd = NULL; /* the new command */ 998 int free_newcmd = FALSE; /* need to free() newcmd */ 999 int ins_prevcmd; 1000 char_u *t; 1001 char_u *p; 1002 char_u *trailarg; 1003 int len; 1004 int scroll_save = msg_scroll; 1005 1006 /* 1007 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". 1008 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for 1009 * security reasons. 1010 */ 1011 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 1012 return; 1013 1014 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ 1015 { 1016 msg_scroll = FALSE; /* don't scroll here */ 1017 autowrite_all(); 1018 msg_scroll = scroll_save; 1019 } 1020 1021 /* 1022 * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args] 1023 * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable) 1024 */ 1025 ins_prevcmd = forceit; 1026 trailarg = arg; 1027 do 1028 { 1029 len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1; 1030 if (newcmd != NULL) 1031 len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd); 1032 if (ins_prevcmd) 1033 { 1034 if (prevcmd == NULL) 1035 { 1036 EMSG(_(e_noprev)); 1037 vim_free(newcmd); 1038 return; 1039 } 1040 len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd); 1041 } 1042 if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL) 1043 { 1044 vim_free(newcmd); 1045 return; 1046 } 1047 *t = NUL; 1048 if (newcmd != NULL) 1049 STRCAT(t, newcmd); 1050 if (ins_prevcmd) 1051 STRCAT(t, prevcmd); 1052 p = t + STRLEN(t); 1053 STRCAT(t, trailarg); 1054 vim_free(newcmd); 1055 newcmd = t; 1056 1057 /* 1058 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the 1059 * previous command. "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible). 1060 */ 1061 trailarg = NULL; 1062 while (*p) 1063 { 1064 if (*p == '!') 1065 { 1066 if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\') 1067 STRMOVE(p - 1, p); 1068 else 1069 { 1070 trailarg = p; 1071 *trailarg++ = NUL; 1072 ins_prevcmd = TRUE; 1073 break; 1074 } 1075 } 1076 ++p; 1077 } 1078 } while (trailarg != NULL); 1079 1080 vim_free(prevcmd); 1081 prevcmd = newcmd; 1082 1083 if (bangredo) /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */ 1084 { 1085 /* If % or # appears in the command, it must have been escaped. 1086 * Reescape them, so that redoing them does not substitute them by the 1087 * buffername. */ 1088 char_u *cmd = vim_strsave_escaped(prevcmd, (char_u *)"%#"); 1089 1090 if (cmd != NULL) 1091 { 1092 AppendToRedobuffLit(cmd, -1); 1093 vim_free(cmd); 1094 } 1095 else 1096 AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1); 1097 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n"); 1098 bangredo = FALSE; 1099 } 1100 /* 1101 * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them. 1102 */ 1103 if (*p_shq != NUL) 1104 { 1105 newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1)); 1106 if (newcmd == NULL) 1107 return; 1108 STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq); 1109 STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd); 1110 STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq); 1111 free_newcmd = TRUE; 1112 } 1113 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ 1114 { 1115 /* echo the command */ 1116 msg_start(); 1117 msg_putchar(':'); 1118 msg_putchar('!'); 1119 msg_outtrans(newcmd); 1120 msg_clr_eos(); 1121 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 1122 1123 do_shell(newcmd, 0); 1124 } 1125 else /* :range! */ 1126 { 1127 /* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of 1128 * autocommands) */ 1129 do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out); 1130 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1131 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1132 #endif 1133 } 1134 if (free_newcmd) 1135 vim_free(newcmd); 1136 } 1137 1138 /* 1139 * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user 1140 * 1141 * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would 1142 * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable 1143 * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able 1144 * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking 1145 * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the 1146 * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell() 1147 * do this. 1148 * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both, 1149 * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes. 1150 * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE. 1151 * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE. 1152 */ 1153 static void 1154 do_filter( 1155 linenr_T line1, 1156 linenr_T line2, 1157 exarg_T *eap, /* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */ 1158 char_u *cmd, 1159 int do_in, 1160 int do_out) 1161 { 1162 char_u *itmp = NULL; 1163 char_u *otmp = NULL; 1164 linenr_T linecount; 1165 linenr_T read_linecount; 1166 pos_T cursor_save; 1167 char_u *cmd_buf; 1168 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1169 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 1170 #endif 1171 int shell_flags = 0; 1172 1173 if (*cmd == NUL) /* no filter command */ 1174 return; 1175 1176 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; 1177 linecount = line2 - line1 + 1; 1178 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; 1179 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 1180 changed_line_abv_curs(); 1181 invalidate_botline(); 1182 1183 /* 1184 * When using temp files: 1185 * 1. * Form temp file names 1186 * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file 1187 * 3. Run the filter command on the temp file 1188 * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer 1189 * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered 1190 * 6. * Remove the temp files 1191 * 1192 * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a 1193 * pipe only need to do 3. 1194 */ 1195 1196 if (do_out) 1197 shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT; 1198 1199 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE 1200 if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) 1201 { 1202 /* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */ 1203 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ; 1204 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; 1205 } 1206 else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp) 1207 { 1208 /* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */ 1209 shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE; 1210 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; 1211 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 1212 } 1213 else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) 1214 { 1215 /* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not 1216 * use a temp file. */ 1217 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE; 1218 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; 1219 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 1220 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; 1221 } 1222 else 1223 #endif 1224 if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i', FALSE)) == NULL) 1225 || (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL)) 1226 { 1227 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); 1228 goto filterend; 1229 } 1230 1231 /* 1232 * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown. 1233 * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative. 1234 */ 1235 ++no_wait_return; /* don't call wait_return() while busy */ 1236 if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap, 1237 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1238 { 1239 msg_putchar('\n'); /* keep message from buf_write() */ 1240 --no_wait_return; 1241 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) 1242 if (!aborting()) 1243 #endif 1244 (void)EMSG2(_(e_notcreate), itmp); /* will call wait_return */ 1245 goto filterend; 1246 } 1247 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1248 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1249 goto filterend; 1250 #endif 1251 1252 if (!do_out) 1253 msg_putchar('\n'); 1254 1255 /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */ 1256 cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp); 1257 if (cmd_buf == NULL) 1258 goto filterend; 1259 1260 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); 1261 cursor_on(); 1262 1263 /* 1264 * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the 1265 * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by 1266 * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later. 1267 * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may 1268 * also mess up the screen, clear it later. 1269 */ 1270 if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in) 1271 redraw_later_clear(); 1272 1273 if (do_out) 1274 { 1275 if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 1276 { 1277 vim_free(cmd_buf); 1278 goto error; 1279 } 1280 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 1281 } 1282 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 1283 1284 /* 1285 * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a 1286 * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you 1287 * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use 1288 * 'u' to fix the text 1289 * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something 1290 * like ":r !cat" hangs. 1291 * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected. 1292 */ 1293 if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags)) 1294 { 1295 redraw_later_clear(); 1296 wait_return(FALSE); 1297 } 1298 vim_free(cmd_buf); 1299 1300 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 1301 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; 1302 1303 /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some 1304 * useful output. Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel 1305 * reading. */ 1306 ui_breakcheck(); 1307 got_int = FALSE; 1308 1309 if (do_out) 1310 { 1311 if (otmp != NULL) 1312 { 1313 if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1314 eap, READ_FILTER) != OK) 1315 { 1316 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) 1317 if (!aborting()) 1318 #endif 1319 { 1320 msg_putchar('\n'); 1321 EMSG2(_(e_notread), otmp); 1322 } 1323 goto error; 1324 } 1325 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1326 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1327 goto filterend; 1328 #endif 1329 } 1330 1331 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount; 1332 1333 if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ) 1334 { 1335 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1; 1336 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1337 appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount); 1338 } 1339 1340 if (do_in) 1341 { 1342 if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL) 1343 { 1344 if (read_linecount >= linecount) 1345 /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */ 1346 mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L); 1347 else 1348 { 1349 /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks 1350 * that are in deleted lines */ 1351 mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1, 1352 linecount, 0L); 1353 mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L); 1354 } 1355 } 1356 1357 /* 1358 * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd". 1359 * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()). 1360 */ 1361 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; 1362 del_lines(linecount, TRUE); 1363 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '[ */ 1364 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '] */ 1365 write_lnum_adjust(-linecount); /* adjust last line 1366 for next write */ 1367 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1368 foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum); 1369 #endif 1370 } 1371 else 1372 { 1373 /* 1374 * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd". 1375 */ 1376 linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1; 1377 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum; 1378 } 1379 1380 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); /* cursor on first non-blank */ 1381 --no_wait_return; 1382 1383 if (linecount > p_report) 1384 { 1385 if (do_in) 1386 { 1387 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 1388 _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount); 1389 if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll) 1390 /* save message to display it after redraw */ 1391 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); 1392 } 1393 else 1394 msgmore((long)linecount); 1395 } 1396 } 1397 else 1398 { 1399 error: 1400 /* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */ 1401 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; 1402 --no_wait_return; 1403 wait_return(FALSE); 1404 } 1405 1406 filterend: 1407 1408 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1409 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1410 { 1411 --no_wait_return; 1412 EMSG(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer")); 1413 } 1414 #endif 1415 if (itmp != NULL) 1416 mch_remove(itmp); 1417 if (otmp != NULL) 1418 mch_remove(otmp); 1419 vim_free(itmp); 1420 vim_free(otmp); 1421 } 1422 1423 /* 1424 * Call a shell to execute a command. 1425 * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell. 1426 */ 1427 void 1428 do_shell( 1429 char_u *cmd, 1430 int flags) /* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */ 1431 { 1432 buf_T *buf; 1433 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1434 int save_nwr; 1435 #endif 1436 #ifdef MSWIN 1437 int winstart = FALSE; 1438 #endif 1439 1440 /* 1441 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". 1442 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for 1443 * security reasons. 1444 */ 1445 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 1446 { 1447 msg_end(); 1448 return; 1449 } 1450 1451 #ifdef MSWIN 1452 /* 1453 * Check if ":!start" is used. 1454 */ 1455 if (cmd != NULL) 1456 winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0); 1457 #endif 1458 1459 /* 1460 * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to 1461 * avoid having to type return below. 1462 */ 1463 msg_putchar('\r'); /* put cursor at start of line */ 1464 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1465 if (!autocmd_busy) 1466 #endif 1467 { 1468 #ifdef MSWIN 1469 if (!winstart) 1470 #endif 1471 stoptermcap(); 1472 } 1473 #ifdef MSWIN 1474 if (!winstart) 1475 #endif 1476 msg_putchar('\n'); /* may shift screen one line up */ 1477 1478 /* warning message before calling the shell */ 1479 if (p_warn 1480 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1481 && !autocmd_busy 1482 #endif 1483 && msg_silent == 0) 1484 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 1485 if (bufIsChanged(buf)) 1486 { 1487 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1488 if (!winstart) 1489 starttermcap(); /* don't want a message box here */ 1490 #endif 1491 MSG_PUTS(_("[No write since last change]\n")); 1492 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1493 if (!winstart) 1494 stoptermcap(); 1495 #endif 1496 break; 1497 } 1498 1499 /* This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line 1500 * 1" command to the terminal. */ 1501 if (!swapping_screen()) 1502 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 1503 cursor_on(); 1504 (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags); 1505 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 1506 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; 1507 1508 /* 1509 * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return() 1510 * to overwrite the text that the external command showed 1511 */ 1512 if (!swapping_screen()) 1513 { 1514 msg_row = Rows - 1; 1515 msg_col = 0; 1516 } 1517 1518 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1519 if (autocmd_busy) 1520 { 1521 if (msg_silent == 0) 1522 redraw_later_clear(); 1523 } 1524 else 1525 #endif 1526 { 1527 /* 1528 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw. 1529 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window). 1530 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants 1531 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return(). 1532 */ 1533 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1534 if (cmd == NULL 1535 # ifdef WIN3264 1536 || (winstart && !need_wait_return) 1537 # endif 1538 ) 1539 { 1540 if (msg_silent == 0) 1541 redraw_later_clear(); 1542 need_wait_return = FALSE; 1543 } 1544 else 1545 { 1546 /* 1547 * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we really 1548 * want to wait for "hit return to continue". 1549 */ 1550 save_nwr = no_wait_return; 1551 if (swapping_screen()) 1552 no_wait_return = FALSE; 1553 # ifdef AMIGA 1554 wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0); /* see below */ 1555 # else 1556 wait_return(msg_silent == 0); 1557 # endif 1558 no_wait_return = save_nwr; 1559 } 1560 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ 1561 1562 #ifdef MSWIN 1563 if (!winstart) /* if winstart==TRUE, never stopped termcap! */ 1564 #endif 1565 starttermcap(); /* start termcap if not done by wait_return() */ 1566 1567 /* 1568 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size. 1569 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the 1570 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the 1571 * screen. Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return(). THIS IS UGLY 1572 * but it saves an extra redraw. 1573 */ 1574 #ifdef AMIGA 1575 if (skip_redraw) /* ':' hit in wait_return() */ 1576 { 1577 if (msg_silent == 0) 1578 redraw_later_clear(); 1579 } 1580 else if (term_console) 1581 { 1582 OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q")); /* get window size */ 1583 if (got_int && msg_silent == 0) 1584 redraw_later_clear(); /* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */ 1585 else 1586 must_redraw = 0; /* no extra redraw needed */ 1587 } 1588 #endif 1589 } 1590 1591 /* display any error messages now */ 1592 display_errors(); 1593 1594 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1595 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1596 #endif 1597 } 1598 1599 /* 1600 * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and 1601 * output redirection file. 1602 * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure. 1603 */ 1604 char_u * 1605 make_filter_cmd( 1606 char_u *cmd, /* command */ 1607 char_u *itmp, /* NULL or name of input file */ 1608 char_u *otmp) /* NULL or name of output file */ 1609 { 1610 char_u *buf; 1611 long_u len; 1612 1613 #if defined(UNIX) 1614 int is_fish_shell; 1615 char_u *shell_name = get_isolated_shell_name(); 1616 1617 /* Account for fish's different syntax for subshells */ 1618 is_fish_shell = (fnamecmp(shell_name, "fish") == 0); 1619 vim_free(shell_name); 1620 if (is_fish_shell) 1621 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 13; /* "begin; " + "; end" + NUL */ 1622 else 1623 #endif 1624 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3; /* "()" + NUL */ 1625 if (itmp != NULL) 1626 len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9; /* " { < " + " } " */ 1627 if (otmp != NULL) 1628 len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* " " */ 1629 buf = lalloc(len, TRUE); 1630 if (buf == NULL) 1631 return NULL; 1632 1633 #if defined(UNIX) 1634 /* 1635 * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when 1636 * redirecting input and/or output. 1637 */ 1638 if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL) 1639 { 1640 if (is_fish_shell) 1641 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "begin; %s; end", (char *)cmd); 1642 else 1643 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd); 1644 } 1645 else 1646 STRCPY(buf, cmd); 1647 if (itmp != NULL) 1648 { 1649 STRCAT(buf, " < "); 1650 STRCAT(buf, itmp); 1651 } 1652 #else 1653 /* 1654 * For shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow 1655 * the use of commands in a pipe. 1656 */ 1657 STRCPY(buf, cmd); 1658 if (itmp != NULL) 1659 { 1660 char_u *p; 1661 1662 /* 1663 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it. 1664 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the 1665 * redirection would be inside the quotes. 1666 */ 1667 if (*p_shq == NUL) 1668 { 1669 p = vim_strchr(buf, '|'); 1670 if (p != NULL) 1671 *p = NUL; 1672 } 1673 STRCAT(buf, " <"); /* " < " causes problems on Amiga */ 1674 STRCAT(buf, itmp); 1675 if (*p_shq == NUL) 1676 { 1677 p = vim_strchr(cmd, '|'); 1678 if (p != NULL) 1679 { 1680 STRCAT(buf, " "); /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */ 1681 STRCAT(buf, p); 1682 } 1683 } 1684 } 1685 #endif 1686 if (otmp != NULL) 1687 append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp); 1688 1689 return buf; 1690 } 1691 1692 /* 1693 * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer 1694 * "buf[buflen]" 1695 * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options. 1696 * The caller should make sure that there is enough room: 1697 * STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3 1698 */ 1699 void 1700 append_redir( 1701 char_u *buf, 1702 int buflen, 1703 char_u *opt, 1704 char_u *fname) 1705 { 1706 char_u *p; 1707 char_u *end; 1708 1709 end = buf + STRLEN(buf); 1710 /* find "%s" */ 1711 for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p) 1712 { 1713 if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */ 1714 break; 1715 if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */ 1716 ++p; 1717 } 1718 if (p != NULL) 1719 { 1720 *end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */ 1721 vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)), 1722 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); 1723 } 1724 else 1725 vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)), 1726 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 1727 " %s %s", 1728 #else 1729 " %s%s", /* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */ 1730 #endif 1731 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); 1732 } 1733 1734 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 1735 1736 static int no_viminfo(void); 1737 static int read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing); 1738 static void write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out); 1739 static void write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out); 1740 static int viminfo_errcnt; 1741 1742 static int 1743 no_viminfo(void) 1744 { 1745 /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */ 1746 return STRCMP(p_viminfofile, "NONE") == 0; 1747 } 1748 1749 /* 1750 * Report an error for reading a viminfo file. 1751 * Count the number of errors. When there are more than 10, return TRUE. 1752 */ 1753 int 1754 viminfo_error(char *errnum, char *message, char_u *line) 1755 { 1756 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "), 1757 errnum, message); 1758 STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1); 1759 if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n') 1760 IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL; 1761 emsg(IObuff); 1762 if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10) 1763 { 1764 EMSG(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file")); 1765 return TRUE; 1766 } 1767 return FALSE; 1768 } 1769 1770 /* 1771 * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file. Registers etc. which are already 1772 * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb 1773 */ 1774 int 1775 read_viminfo( 1776 char_u *file, /* file name or NULL to use default name */ 1777 int flags) /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */ 1778 { 1779 FILE *fp; 1780 char_u *fname; 1781 1782 if (no_viminfo()) 1783 return FAIL; 1784 1785 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* get file name in allocated buffer */ 1786 if (fname == NULL) 1787 return FAIL; 1788 fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); 1789 1790 if (p_verbose > 0) 1791 { 1792 verbose_enter(); 1793 smsg((char_u *)_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"), 1794 fname, 1795 (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "", 1796 (flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "", 1797 (flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "", 1798 fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : ""); 1799 verbose_leave(); 1800 } 1801 1802 vim_free(fname); 1803 if (fp == NULL) 1804 return FAIL; 1805 1806 viminfo_errcnt = 0; 1807 do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags); 1808 1809 fclose(fp); 1810 return OK; 1811 } 1812 1813 /* 1814 * Write the viminfo file. The old one is read in first so that effectively a 1815 * merge of current info and old info is done. This allows multiple vims to 1816 * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc. 1817 * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal 1818 * info is written to the file. 1819 */ 1820 void 1821 write_viminfo(char_u *file, int forceit) 1822 { 1823 char_u *fname; 1824 FILE *fp_in = NULL; /* input viminfo file, if any */ 1825 FILE *fp_out = NULL; /* output viminfo file */ 1826 char_u *tempname = NULL; /* name of temp viminfo file */ 1827 stat_T st_new; /* mch_stat() of potential new file */ 1828 char_u *wp; 1829 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) 1830 mode_t umask_save; 1831 #endif 1832 #ifdef UNIX 1833 int shortname = FALSE; /* use 8.3 file name */ 1834 stat_T st_old; /* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */ 1835 #endif 1836 #ifdef WIN3264 1837 int hidden = FALSE; 1838 #endif 1839 1840 if (no_viminfo()) 1841 return; 1842 1843 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* may set to default if NULL */ 1844 if (fname == NULL) 1845 return; 1846 1847 fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); 1848 if (fp_in == NULL) 1849 { 1850 /* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */ 1851 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0) 1852 goto end; 1853 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) 1854 /* 1855 * For Unix we create the .viminfo non-accessible for others, 1856 * because it may contain text from non-accessible documents. 1857 */ 1858 umask_save = umask(077); 1859 #endif 1860 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)fname, WRITEBIN); 1861 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) 1862 (void)umask(umask_save); 1863 #endif 1864 } 1865 else 1866 { 1867 /* 1868 * There is an existing viminfo file. Create a temporary file to 1869 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the 1870 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed later. 1871 */ 1872 #ifdef UNIX 1873 /* 1874 * For Unix we check the owner of the file. It's not very nice to 1875 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a 1876 * viminfo file that the user can't read. 1877 */ 1878 st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0; 1879 st_old.st_ino = 0; 1880 st_old.st_mode = 0600; 1881 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0 1882 && getuid() != ROOT_UID 1883 && !(st_old.st_uid == getuid() 1884 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0200) 1885 : (st_old.st_gid == getgid() 1886 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0020) 1887 : (st_old.st_mode & 0002)))) 1888 { 1889 int tt = msg_didany; 1890 1891 /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */ 1892 EMSG2(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname); 1893 msg_didany = tt; 1894 fclose(fp_in); 1895 goto end; 1896 } 1897 #endif 1898 #ifdef WIN3264 1899 /* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */ 1900 hidden = mch_ishidden(fname); 1901 #endif 1902 1903 /* 1904 * Make tempname. 1905 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in 1906 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem. 1907 */ 1908 for (;;) 1909 { 1910 tempname = buf_modname( 1911 #ifdef UNIX 1912 shortname, 1913 #else 1914 FALSE, 1915 #endif 1916 fname, 1917 #ifdef VMS 1918 (char_u *)"-tmp", 1919 #else 1920 (char_u *)".tmp", 1921 #endif 1922 FALSE); 1923 if (tempname == NULL) /* out of memory */ 1924 break; 1925 1926 /* 1927 * Check if tempfile already exists. Never overwrite an 1928 * existing file! 1929 */ 1930 if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0) 1931 { 1932 #ifdef UNIX 1933 /* 1934 * Check if tempfile is same as original file. May happen 1935 * when modname() gave the same file back. E.g. silly 1936 * link, or file name-length reached. Try again with 1937 * shortname set. 1938 */ 1939 if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev 1940 && st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino) 1941 { 1942 vim_free(tempname); 1943 tempname = NULL; 1944 shortname = TRUE; 1945 continue; 1946 } 1947 #endif 1948 /* 1949 * Try another name. Change one character, just before 1950 * the extension. This should also work for an 8.3 1951 * file name, when after adding the extension it still is 1952 * the same file as the original. 1953 */ 1954 wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5; 1955 if (wp < gettail(tempname)) /* empty file name? */ 1956 wp = gettail(tempname); 1957 for (*wp = 'z'; mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0; 1958 --*wp) 1959 { 1960 /* 1961 * They all exist? Must be something wrong! Don't 1962 * write the viminfo file then. 1963 */ 1964 if (*wp == 'a') 1965 { 1966 EMSG2(_("E929: Too many viminfo temp files, like %s!"), 1967 tempname); 1968 vim_free(tempname); 1969 tempname = NULL; 1970 break; 1971 } 1972 } 1973 } 1974 break; 1975 } 1976 1977 if (tempname != NULL) 1978 { 1979 #ifdef VMS 1980 /* fdopen() fails for some reason */ 1981 umask_save = umask(077); 1982 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); 1983 (void)umask(umask_save); 1984 #else 1985 int fd; 1986 1987 /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file 1988 * protection: 1989 * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit. Reset umask to 1990 * avoid it getting in the way. 1991 * Others: r&w for user only. */ 1992 # ifdef UNIX 1993 umask_save = umask(0); 1994 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, 1995 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 1996 (int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600)); 1997 (void)umask(umask_save); 1998 # else 1999 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, 2000 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600); 2001 # endif 2002 if (fd < 0) 2003 fp_out = NULL; 2004 else 2005 fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN); 2006 #endif /* VMS */ 2007 2008 /* 2009 * If we can't create in the same directory, try creating a 2010 * "normal" temp file. 2011 */ 2012 if (fp_out == NULL) 2013 { 2014 vim_free(tempname); 2015 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o', TRUE)) != NULL) 2016 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); 2017 } 2018 2019 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) 2020 /* 2021 * Make sure the owner can read/write it. This only works for 2022 * root. 2023 */ 2024 if (fp_out != NULL) 2025 ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, st_old.st_gid); 2026 #endif 2027 } 2028 } 2029 2030 /* 2031 * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to. 2032 */ 2033 if (fp_out == NULL) 2034 { 2035 EMSG2(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"), 2036 (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname); 2037 if (fp_in != NULL) 2038 fclose(fp_in); 2039 goto end; 2040 } 2041 2042 if (p_verbose > 0) 2043 { 2044 verbose_enter(); 2045 smsg((char_u *)_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname); 2046 verbose_leave(); 2047 } 2048 2049 viminfo_errcnt = 0; 2050 do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS)); 2051 2052 if (fclose(fp_out) == EOF) 2053 ++viminfo_errcnt; 2054 2055 if (fp_in != NULL) 2056 { 2057 fclose(fp_in); 2058 2059 /* In case of an error keep the original viminfo file. Otherwise 2060 * rename the newly written file. Give an error if that fails. */ 2061 if (viminfo_errcnt == 0) 2062 { 2063 if (vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1) 2064 { 2065 ++viminfo_errcnt; 2066 EMSG2(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname); 2067 } 2068 # ifdef WIN3264 2069 /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */ 2070 else if (hidden) 2071 mch_hide(fname); 2072 # endif 2073 } 2074 if (viminfo_errcnt > 0) 2075 mch_remove(tempname); 2076 } 2077 2078 end: 2079 vim_free(fname); 2080 vim_free(tempname); 2081 } 2082 2083 /* 2084 * Get the viminfo file name to use. 2085 * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by 2086 * cmdline functions). 2087 * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and 2088 * expand environment variables. 2089 * Returns an allocated string. NULL when out of memory. 2090 */ 2091 static char_u * 2092 viminfo_filename(char_u *file) 2093 { 2094 if (file == NULL || *file == NUL) 2095 { 2096 if (*p_viminfofile != NUL) 2097 file = p_viminfofile; 2098 else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL) 2099 { 2100 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2 2101 /* don't use $HOME when not defined (turned into "c:/"!). */ 2102 # ifdef VMS 2103 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL) 2104 # else 2105 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL) 2106 # endif 2107 { 2108 /* don't use $VIM when not available. */ 2109 expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 2110 if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0) /* $VIM was expanded */ 2111 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2; 2112 else 2113 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; 2114 } 2115 else 2116 #endif 2117 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; 2118 } 2119 expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 2120 file = NameBuff; 2121 } 2122 return vim_strsave(file); 2123 } 2124 2125 /* 2126 * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo(). 2127 */ 2128 static void 2129 do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags) 2130 { 2131 int eof = FALSE; 2132 vir_T vir; 2133 int merge = FALSE; 2134 int do_copy_marks = FALSE; 2135 garray_T buflist; 2136 2137 if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL) 2138 return; 2139 vir.vir_fd = fp_in; 2140 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2141 vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; 2142 #endif 2143 ga_init2(&vir.vir_barlines, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); 2144 vir.vir_version = -1; 2145 2146 if (fp_in != NULL) 2147 { 2148 if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) 2149 { 2150 if (fp_out != NULL) 2151 { 2152 /* Registers and marks are read and kept separate from what 2153 * this Vim is using. They are merged when writing. */ 2154 prepare_viminfo_registers(); 2155 prepare_viminfo_marks(); 2156 } 2157 2158 eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir, 2159 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL); 2160 merge = TRUE; 2161 } 2162 else if (flags != 0) 2163 /* Skip info, find start of marks */ 2164 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir)) 2165 && vir.vir_line[0] != '>') 2166 ; 2167 2168 do_copy_marks = (flags & 2169 (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT)); 2170 } 2171 2172 if (fp_out != NULL) 2173 { 2174 /* Write the info: */ 2175 fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"), 2176 VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM); 2177 fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out); 2178 write_viminfo_version(fp_out); 2179 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2180 fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out); 2181 fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc); 2182 #endif 2183 write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out); 2184 write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out); 2185 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2186 write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge); 2187 #endif 2188 write_viminfo_registers(fp_out); 2189 finish_viminfo_registers(); 2190 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2191 write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out); 2192 #endif 2193 write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out); 2194 finish_viminfo_marks(); 2195 write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out); 2196 write_viminfo_barlines(&vir, fp_out); 2197 2198 if (do_copy_marks) 2199 ga_init2(&buflist, sizeof(buf_T *), 50); 2200 write_viminfo_marks(fp_out, do_copy_marks ? &buflist : NULL); 2201 } 2202 2203 if (do_copy_marks) 2204 { 2205 copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, &buflist, eof, flags); 2206 if (fp_out != NULL) 2207 ga_clear(&buflist); 2208 } 2209 2210 vim_free(vir.vir_line); 2211 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2212 if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) 2213 convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL); 2214 #endif 2215 ga_clear_strings(&vir.vir_barlines); 2216 } 2217 2218 /* 2219 * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo(). Reads in the 2220 * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that 2221 * are local to a file. Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb 2222 */ 2223 static int 2224 read_viminfo_up_to_marks( 2225 vir_T *virp, 2226 int forceit, 2227 int writing) 2228 { 2229 int eof; 2230 buf_T *buf; 2231 int got_encoding = FALSE; 2232 2233 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2234 prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing); 2235 #endif 2236 2237 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2238 while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>') 2239 { 2240 switch (virp->vir_line[0]) 2241 { 2242 /* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */ 2243 case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */ 2244 case '^': /* to be defined */ 2245 case '<': /* long line - ignored */ 2246 /* A comment or empty line. */ 2247 case NUL: 2248 case '\r': 2249 case '\n': 2250 case '#': 2251 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2252 break; 2253 case '|': 2254 eof = read_viminfo_barline(virp, got_encoding, 2255 forceit, writing); 2256 break; 2257 case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */ 2258 got_encoding = TRUE; 2259 eof = viminfo_encoding(virp); 2260 break; 2261 case '!': /* global variable */ 2262 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2263 eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing); 2264 #else 2265 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2266 #endif 2267 break; 2268 case '%': /* entry for buffer list */ 2269 eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing); 2270 break; 2271 case '"': 2272 /* When registers are in bar lines skip the old style register 2273 * lines. */ 2274 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_REGISTERS) 2275 eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit); 2276 else 2277 do { 2278 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2279 } while (!eof && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB 2280 || virp->vir_line[0] == '<')); 2281 break; 2282 case '/': /* Search string */ 2283 case '&': /* Substitute search string */ 2284 case '~': /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */ 2285 eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit); 2286 break; 2287 case '$': 2288 eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit); 2289 break; 2290 case ':': 2291 case '?': 2292 case '=': 2293 case '@': 2294 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2295 /* When history is in bar lines skip the old style history 2296 * lines. */ 2297 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_HISTORY) 2298 eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing); 2299 else 2300 #endif 2301 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2302 break; 2303 case '-': 2304 case '\'': 2305 /* When file marks are in bar lines skip the old style lines. */ 2306 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_MARKS) 2307 eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit); 2308 else 2309 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2310 break; 2311 default: 2312 if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"), 2313 virp->vir_line)) 2314 eof = TRUE; 2315 else 2316 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2317 break; 2318 } 2319 } 2320 2321 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2322 /* Finish reading history items. */ 2323 if (!writing) 2324 finish_viminfo_history(virp); 2325 #endif 2326 2327 /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */ 2328 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 2329 fmarks_check_names(buf); 2330 2331 return eof; 2332 } 2333 2334 /* 2335 * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of 2336 * 'encoding'. If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for 2337 * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring(). 2338 */ 2339 static int 2340 viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp) 2341 { 2342 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2343 char_u *p; 2344 int i; 2345 2346 if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0) 2347 { 2348 p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '='); 2349 if (p != NULL) 2350 { 2351 /* remove trailing newline */ 2352 ++p; 2353 for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i) 2354 ; 2355 p[i] = NUL; 2356 2357 convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc); 2358 } 2359 } 2360 #endif 2361 return viminfo_readline(virp); 2362 } 2363 2364 /* 2365 * Read a line from the viminfo file. 2366 * Returns TRUE for end-of-file; 2367 */ 2368 int 2369 viminfo_readline(vir_T *virp) 2370 { 2371 return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd); 2372 } 2373 2374 /* 2375 * Check string read from viminfo file. 2376 * Remove '\n' at the end of the line. 2377 * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V 2378 * - replace CTRL-V 'n' with '\n' 2379 * 2380 * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring(). 2381 * 2382 * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory). 2383 */ 2384 char_u * 2385 viminfo_readstring( 2386 vir_T *virp, 2387 int off, /* offset for virp->vir_line */ 2388 int convert UNUSED) /* convert the string */ 2389 { 2390 char_u *retval; 2391 char_u *s, *d; 2392 long len; 2393 2394 if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1])) 2395 { 2396 len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1); 2397 retval = lalloc(len, TRUE); 2398 if (retval == NULL) 2399 { 2400 /* Line too long? File messed up? Skip next line. */ 2401 (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd); 2402 return NULL; 2403 } 2404 (void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd); 2405 s = retval + 1; /* Skip the leading '<' */ 2406 } 2407 else 2408 { 2409 retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off); 2410 if (retval == NULL) 2411 return NULL; 2412 s = retval; 2413 } 2414 2415 /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */ 2416 d = retval; 2417 while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n') 2418 { 2419 if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL) 2420 { 2421 if (s[1] == 'n') 2422 *d++ = '\n'; 2423 else 2424 *d++ = Ctrl_V; 2425 s += 2; 2426 } 2427 else 2428 *d++ = *s++; 2429 } 2430 *d = NUL; 2431 2432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2433 if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL) 2434 { 2435 d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL); 2436 if (d != NULL) 2437 { 2438 vim_free(retval); 2439 retval = d; 2440 } 2441 } 2442 #endif 2443 2444 return retval; 2445 } 2446 2447 /* 2448 * write string to viminfo file 2449 * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V 2450 * - replace '\n' with CTRL-V 'n' 2451 * - add a '\n' at the end 2452 * 2453 * For a long line: 2454 * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line 2455 * - write " < <string> \n " in second line 2456 */ 2457 void 2458 viminfo_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *p) 2459 { 2460 int c; 2461 char_u *s; 2462 int len = 0; 2463 2464 for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s) 2465 { 2466 if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n') 2467 ++len; 2468 ++len; 2469 } 2470 2471 /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next 2472 * line. Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before 2473 * the string (e.g., variable name). Add something to the length for the 2474 * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */ 2475 if (len > LSIZE / 2) 2476 fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3); 2477 2478 while ((c = *p++) != NUL) 2479 { 2480 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n') 2481 { 2482 putc(Ctrl_V, fd); 2483 if (c == '\n') 2484 c = 'n'; 2485 } 2486 putc(c, fd); 2487 } 2488 putc('\n', fd); 2489 } 2490 2491 /* 2492 * Write a string in quotes that barline_parse() can read back. 2493 * Breaks the line in less than LSIZE pieces when needed. 2494 * Returns remaining characters in the line. 2495 */ 2496 int 2497 barline_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *s, int remaining_start) 2498 { 2499 char_u *p; 2500 int remaining = remaining_start; 2501 int len = 2; 2502 2503 /* Count the number of characters produced, including quotes. */ 2504 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) 2505 { 2506 if (*p == NL) 2507 len += 2; 2508 else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\') 2509 len += 2; 2510 else 2511 ++len; 2512 } 2513 if (len > remaining - 2) 2514 { 2515 fprintf(fd, ">%d\n|<", len); 2516 remaining = LSIZE - 20; 2517 } 2518 2519 putc('"', fd); 2520 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) 2521 { 2522 if (*p == NL) 2523 { 2524 putc('\\', fd); 2525 putc('n', fd); 2526 --remaining; 2527 } 2528 else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\') 2529 { 2530 putc('\\', fd); 2531 putc(*p, fd); 2532 --remaining; 2533 } 2534 else 2535 putc(*p, fd); 2536 --remaining; 2537 2538 if (remaining < 3) 2539 { 2540 putc('\n', fd); 2541 putc('|', fd); 2542 putc('<', fd); 2543 /* Leave enough space for another continuation. */ 2544 remaining = LSIZE - 20; 2545 } 2546 } 2547 putc('"', fd); 2548 return remaining - 2; 2549 } 2550 2551 /* 2552 * Parse a viminfo line starting with '|'. 2553 * Add each decoded value to "values". 2554 * Returns TRUE if the next line is to be read after using the parsed values. 2555 */ 2556 static int 2557 barline_parse(vir_T *virp, char_u *text, garray_T *values) 2558 { 2559 char_u *p = text; 2560 char_u *nextp = NULL; 2561 char_u *buf = NULL; 2562 bval_T *value; 2563 int i; 2564 int allocated = FALSE; 2565 int eof; 2566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2567 char_u *sconv; 2568 int converted; 2569 #endif 2570 2571 while (*p == ',') 2572 { 2573 ++p; 2574 if (ga_grow(values, 1) == FAIL) 2575 break; 2576 value = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + values->ga_len; 2577 2578 if (*p == '>') 2579 { 2580 /* Need to read a continuation line. Put strings in allocated 2581 * memory, because virp->vir_line is overwritten. */ 2582 if (!allocated) 2583 { 2584 for (i = 0; i < values->ga_len; ++i) 2585 { 2586 bval_T *vp = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + i; 2587 2588 if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && !vp->bv_allocated) 2589 { 2590 vp->bv_string = vim_strnsave(vp->bv_string, vp->bv_len); 2591 vp->bv_allocated = TRUE; 2592 } 2593 } 2594 allocated = TRUE; 2595 } 2596 2597 if (vim_isdigit(p[1])) 2598 { 2599 size_t len; 2600 size_t todo; 2601 size_t n; 2602 2603 /* String value was split into lines that are each shorter 2604 * than LSIZE: 2605 * |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"} 2606 * |<"{text1} 2607 * |<{text2}",{value} 2608 * Length includes the quotes. 2609 */ 2610 ++p; 2611 len = getdigits(&p); 2612 buf = alloc((int)(len + 1)); 2613 if (buf == NULL) 2614 return TRUE; 2615 p = buf; 2616 for (todo = len; todo > 0; todo -= n) 2617 { 2618 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2619 if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|' 2620 || virp->vir_line[1] != '<') 2621 { 2622 /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if 2623 * this one starts with '|'. */ 2624 vim_free(buf); 2625 return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|'; 2626 } 2627 /* Get length of text, excluding |< and NL chars. */ 2628 n = STRLEN(virp->vir_line); 2629 while (n > 0 && (virp->vir_line[n - 1] == NL 2630 || virp->vir_line[n - 1] == CAR)) 2631 --n; 2632 n -= 2; 2633 if (n > todo) 2634 { 2635 /* more values follow after the string */ 2636 nextp = virp->vir_line + 2 + todo; 2637 n = todo; 2638 } 2639 mch_memmove(p, virp->vir_line + 2, n); 2640 p += n; 2641 } 2642 *p = NUL; 2643 p = buf; 2644 } 2645 else 2646 { 2647 /* Line ending in ">" continues in the next line: 2648 * |{bartype},{lots of values},> 2649 * |<{value},{value} 2650 */ 2651 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2652 if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|' 2653 || virp->vir_line[1] != '<') 2654 /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if 2655 * this one starts with '|'. */ 2656 return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|'; 2657 p = virp->vir_line + 2; 2658 } 2659 } 2660 2661 if (isdigit(*p)) 2662 { 2663 value->bv_type = BVAL_NR; 2664 value->bv_nr = getdigits(&p); 2665 ++values->ga_len; 2666 } 2667 else if (*p == '"') 2668 { 2669 int len = 0; 2670 char_u *s = p; 2671 2672 /* Unescape special characters in-place. */ 2673 ++p; 2674 while (*p != '"') 2675 { 2676 if (*p == NL || *p == NUL) 2677 return TRUE; /* syntax error, drop the value */ 2678 if (*p == '\\') 2679 { 2680 ++p; 2681 if (*p == 'n') 2682 s[len++] = '\n'; 2683 else 2684 s[len++] = *p; 2685 ++p; 2686 } 2687 else 2688 s[len++] = *p++; 2689 } 2690 ++p; 2691 s[len] = NUL; 2692 2693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2694 converted = FALSE; 2695 if (virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *s != NUL) 2696 { 2697 sconv = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, s, NULL); 2698 if (sconv != NULL) 2699 { 2700 if (s == buf) 2701 vim_free(s); 2702 s = sconv; 2703 buf = s; 2704 converted = TRUE; 2705 } 2706 } 2707 #endif 2708 /* Need to copy in allocated memory if the string wasn't allocated 2709 * above and we did allocate before, thus vir_line may change. */ 2710 if (s != buf && allocated) 2711 s = vim_strsave(s); 2712 value->bv_string = s; 2713 value->bv_type = BVAL_STRING; 2714 value->bv_len = len; 2715 value->bv_allocated = allocated 2716 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2717 || converted 2718 #endif 2719 ; 2720 ++values->ga_len; 2721 if (nextp != NULL) 2722 { 2723 /* values following a long string */ 2724 p = nextp; 2725 nextp = NULL; 2726 } 2727 } 2728 else if (*p == ',') 2729 { 2730 value->bv_type = BVAL_EMPTY; 2731 ++values->ga_len; 2732 } 2733 else 2734 break; 2735 } 2736 return TRUE; 2737 } 2738 2739 static int 2740 read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing) 2741 { 2742 char_u *p = virp->vir_line + 1; 2743 int bartype; 2744 garray_T values; 2745 bval_T *vp; 2746 int i; 2747 int read_next = TRUE; 2748 2749 /* The format is: |{bartype},{value},... 2750 * For a very long string: 2751 * |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"} 2752 * |<{text1} 2753 * |<{text2},{value} 2754 * For a long line not using a string 2755 * |{bartype},{lots of values},> 2756 * |<{value},{value} 2757 */ 2758 if (*p == '<') 2759 { 2760 /* Continuation line of an unrecognized item. */ 2761 if (writing) 2762 ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line); 2763 } 2764 else 2765 { 2766 ga_init2(&values, sizeof(bval_T), 20); 2767 bartype = getdigits(&p); 2768 switch (bartype) 2769 { 2770 case BARTYPE_VERSION: 2771 /* Only use the version when it comes before the encoding. 2772 * If it comes later it was copied by a Vim version that 2773 * doesn't understand the version. */ 2774 if (!got_encoding) 2775 { 2776 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2777 vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data; 2778 if (values.ga_len > 0 && vp->bv_type == BVAL_NR) 2779 virp->vir_version = vp->bv_nr; 2780 } 2781 break; 2782 2783 case BARTYPE_HISTORY: 2784 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2785 handle_viminfo_history(&values, writing); 2786 break; 2787 2788 case BARTYPE_REGISTER: 2789 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2790 handle_viminfo_register(&values, force); 2791 break; 2792 2793 case BARTYPE_MARK: 2794 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2795 handle_viminfo_mark(&values, force); 2796 break; 2797 2798 default: 2799 /* copy unrecognized line (for future use) */ 2800 if (writing) 2801 ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line); 2802 } 2803 for (i = 0; i < values.ga_len; ++i) 2804 { 2805 vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data + i; 2806 if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && vp->bv_allocated) 2807 vim_free(vp->bv_string); 2808 } 2809 ga_clear(&values); 2810 } 2811 2812 if (read_next) 2813 return viminfo_readline(virp); 2814 return FALSE; 2815 } 2816 2817 static void 2818 write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out) 2819 { 2820 fprintf(fp_out, "# Viminfo version\n|%d,%d\n\n", 2821 BARTYPE_VERSION, VIMINFO_VERSION); 2822 } 2823 2824 static void 2825 write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out) 2826 { 2827 int i; 2828 garray_T *gap = &virp->vir_barlines; 2829 int seen_useful = FALSE; 2830 char *line; 2831 2832 if (gap->ga_len > 0) 2833 { 2834 fputs(_("\n# Bar lines, copied verbatim:\n"), fp_out); 2835 2836 /* Skip over continuation lines until seeing a useful line. */ 2837 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) 2838 { 2839 line = ((char **)(gap->ga_data))[i]; 2840 if (seen_useful || line[1] != '<') 2841 { 2842 fputs(line, fp_out); 2843 seen_useful = TRUE; 2844 } 2845 } 2846 } 2847 } 2848 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ 2849 2850 /* 2851 * Return the current time in seconds. Calls time(), unless test_settime() 2852 * was used. 2853 */ 2854 time_T 2855 vim_time(void) 2856 { 2857 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2858 return time_for_testing == 0 ? time(NULL) : time_for_testing; 2859 # else 2860 return time(NULL); 2861 # endif 2862 } 2863 2864 /* 2865 * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty(). 2866 * <BS> resulting <Del> 2867 * ^? ^H 2868 * not ^? ^? 2869 */ 2870 void 2871 do_fixdel(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 2872 { 2873 char_u *p; 2874 2875 p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb"); 2876 add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL 2877 && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE); 2878 } 2879 2880 void 2881 print_line_no_prefix( 2882 linenr_T lnum, 2883 int use_number, 2884 int list) 2885 { 2886 char_u numbuf[30]; 2887 2888 if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number) 2889 { 2890 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, sizeof(numbuf), 2891 "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum); 2892 msg_puts_attr(numbuf, HL_ATTR(HLF_N)); /* Highlight line nrs */ 2893 } 2894 msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list); 2895 } 2896 2897 /* 2898 * Print a text line. Also in silent mode ("ex -s"). 2899 */ 2900 void 2901 print_line(linenr_T lnum, int use_number, int list) 2902 { 2903 int save_silent = silent_mode; 2904 2905 /* apply :filter /pat/ */ 2906 if (message_filtered(ml_get(lnum))) 2907 return; 2908 2909 msg_start(); 2910 silent_mode = FALSE; 2911 info_message = TRUE; /* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */ 2912 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list); 2913 if (save_silent) 2914 { 2915 msg_putchar('\n'); 2916 cursor_on(); /* msg_start() switches it off */ 2917 out_flush(); 2918 silent_mode = save_silent; 2919 } 2920 info_message = FALSE; 2921 } 2922 2923 int 2924 rename_buffer(char_u *new_fname) 2925 { 2926 char_u *fname, *sfname, *xfname; 2927 buf_T *buf; 2928 2929 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 2930 buf = curbuf; 2931 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 2932 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ 2933 if (buf != curbuf) 2934 return FAIL; 2935 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2936 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 2937 return FAIL; 2938 # endif 2939 #endif 2940 /* 2941 * The name of the current buffer will be changed. 2942 * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file 2943 * name, which will become the alternate file name. 2944 * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a 2945 * name. 2946 */ 2947 fname = curbuf->b_ffname; 2948 sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; 2949 xfname = curbuf->b_fname; 2950 curbuf->b_ffname = NULL; 2951 curbuf->b_sfname = NULL; 2952 if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 2953 { 2954 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; 2955 curbuf->b_sfname = sfname; 2956 return FAIL; 2957 } 2958 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED; 2959 if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL) 2960 { 2961 buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); 2962 if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt) 2963 curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum; 2964 } 2965 vim_free(fname); 2966 vim_free(sfname); 2967 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 2968 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 2969 #endif 2970 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 2971 DO_AUTOCHDIR 2972 return OK; 2973 } 2974 2975 /* 2976 * ":file[!] [fname]". 2977 */ 2978 void 2979 ex_file(exarg_T *eap) 2980 { 2981 /* ":0file" removes the file name. Check for illegal uses ":3file", 2982 * "0file name", etc. */ 2983 if (eap->addr_count > 0 2984 && (*eap->arg != NUL 2985 || eap->line2 > 0 2986 || eap->addr_count > 1)) 2987 { 2988 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 2989 return; 2990 } 2991 2992 if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1) 2993 { 2994 if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL) 2995 return; 2996 } 2997 /* print full file name if :cd used */ 2998 if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO)) 2999 fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit); 3000 } 3001 3002 /* 3003 * ":update". 3004 */ 3005 void 3006 ex_update(exarg_T *eap) 3007 { 3008 if (curbufIsChanged()) 3009 (void)do_write(eap); 3010 } 3011 3012 /* 3013 * ":write" and ":saveas". 3014 */ 3015 void 3016 ex_write(exarg_T *eap) 3017 { 3018 if (eap->usefilter) /* input lines to shell command */ 3019 do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 3020 else 3021 (void)do_write(eap); 3022 } 3023 3024 /* 3025 * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg' 3026 * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file 3027 * 3028 * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file 3029 * 3030 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 3031 */ 3032 int 3033 do_write(exarg_T *eap) 3034 { 3035 int other; 3036 char_u *fname = NULL; /* init to shut up gcc */ 3037 char_u *ffname; 3038 int retval = FAIL; 3039 char_u *free_fname = NULL; 3040 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3041 char_u *browse_file = NULL; 3042 #endif 3043 buf_T *alt_buf = NULL; 3044 int name_was_missing; 3045 3046 if (not_writing()) /* check 'write' option */ 3047 return FAIL; 3048 3049 ffname = eap->arg; 3050 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3051 if (cmdmod.browse) 3052 { 3053 browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname, 3054 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); 3055 if (browse_file == NULL) 3056 goto theend; 3057 ffname = browse_file; 3058 } 3059 #endif 3060 if (*ffname == NUL) 3061 { 3062 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3063 { 3064 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); 3065 goto theend; 3066 } 3067 other = FALSE; 3068 } 3069 else 3070 { 3071 fname = ffname; 3072 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); 3073 /* 3074 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be 3075 * able to write the file in this situation. 3076 */ 3077 if (free_fname != NULL) 3078 ffname = free_fname; 3079 other = otherfile(ffname); 3080 } 3081 3082 /* 3083 * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names. 3084 */ 3085 if (other) 3086 { 3087 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL 3088 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3089 alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1); 3090 else 3091 alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname); 3092 if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) 3093 { 3094 /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a 3095 * good idea. */ 3096 EMSG(_(e_bufloaded)); 3097 goto theend; 3098 } 3099 } 3100 3101 /* 3102 * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode 3103 * and a file name is required. 3104 * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either. 3105 */ 3106 if (!other && ( 3107 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 3108 bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) || 3109 #endif 3110 check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf))) 3111 goto theend; 3112 3113 if (!other) 3114 { 3115 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3116 fname = curbuf->b_fname; 3117 /* 3118 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'. 3119 */ 3120 if ( (eap->line1 != 1 3121 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3122 && !eap->forceit 3123 && !eap->append 3124 && !p_wa) 3125 { 3126 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3127 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3128 { 3129 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, 3130 (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES) 3131 goto theend; 3132 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3133 } 3134 else 3135 #endif 3136 { 3137 EMSG(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer")); 3138 goto theend; 3139 } 3140 } 3141 } 3142 3143 if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK) 3144 { 3145 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL) 3146 { 3147 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3148 buf_T *was_curbuf = curbuf; 3149 3150 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3151 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3152 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3153 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) 3154 # else 3155 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) 3156 # endif 3157 { 3158 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ 3159 retval = FAIL; 3160 goto theend; 3161 } 3162 #endif 3163 /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate 3164 * buffer. This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer 3165 * under the new name. Must be done before buf_write(), because 3166 * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set 3167 * the file name. */ 3168 fname = alt_buf->b_fname; 3169 alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname; 3170 curbuf->b_fname = fname; 3171 fname = alt_buf->b_ffname; 3172 alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3173 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; 3174 fname = alt_buf->b_sfname; 3175 alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; 3176 curbuf->b_sfname = fname; 3177 buf_name_changed(curbuf); 3178 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3179 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3180 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3181 if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl) 3182 { 3183 alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE; 3184 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3185 } 3186 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3187 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) 3188 # else 3189 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) 3190 # endif 3191 { 3192 /* buffer changed, don't write the file */ 3193 retval = FAIL; 3194 goto theend; 3195 } 3196 3197 /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */ 3198 if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL) 3199 { 3200 if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect")) 3201 (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead", 3202 TRUE, NULL); 3203 do_modelines(0); 3204 } 3205 3206 /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when 3207 * 'autochdir' is set. */ 3208 fname = curbuf->b_sfname; 3209 #endif 3210 } 3211 3212 name_was_missing = curbuf->b_ffname == NULL; 3213 3214 retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2, 3215 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE); 3216 3217 /* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */ 3218 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3219 { 3220 if (retval == OK) 3221 { 3222 curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE; 3223 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3224 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 3225 #endif 3226 } 3227 } 3228 3229 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and the file name 3230 * got changed or set. */ 3231 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas || name_was_missing) 3232 { 3233 DO_AUTOCHDIR 3234 } 3235 } 3236 3237 theend: 3238 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3239 vim_free(browse_file); 3240 #endif 3241 vim_free(free_fname); 3242 return retval; 3243 } 3244 3245 /* 3246 * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file. If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED, 3247 * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file. 3248 * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite. 3249 * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not. 3250 */ 3251 int 3252 check_overwrite( 3253 exarg_T *eap, 3254 buf_T *buf, 3255 char_u *fname, /* file name to be used (can differ from 3256 buf->ffname) */ 3257 char_u *ffname, /* full path version of fname */ 3258 int other) /* writing under other name */ 3259 { 3260 /* 3261 * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file: 3262 * overwriting only allowed with '!' 3263 */ 3264 if ( (other 3265 || (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED) 3266 || ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW) 3267 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL) 3268 || (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR)) 3269 && !p_wa 3270 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 3271 && !bt_nofile(buf) 3272 #endif 3273 && vim_fexists(ffname)) 3274 { 3275 if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append) 3276 { 3277 #ifdef UNIX 3278 /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */ 3279 if (mch_isdir(ffname)) 3280 { 3281 EMSG2(_(e_isadir2), ffname); 3282 return FAIL; 3283 } 3284 #endif 3285 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3286 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3287 { 3288 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3289 3290 dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname); 3291 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES) 3292 return FAIL; 3293 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3294 } 3295 else 3296 #endif 3297 { 3298 EMSG(_(e_exists)); 3299 return FAIL; 3300 } 3301 } 3302 3303 /* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */ 3304 if (other && !emsg_silent) 3305 { 3306 char_u *dir; 3307 char_u *p; 3308 int r; 3309 char_u *swapname; 3310 3311 /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if 3312 * it's writable. If the "." directory is not writable the write 3313 * will probably fail anyway. 3314 * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer 3315 * for the written file. */ 3316 if (*p_dir == NUL) 3317 { 3318 dir = alloc(5); 3319 if (dir == NULL) 3320 return FAIL; 3321 STRCPY(dir, "."); 3322 } 3323 else 3324 { 3325 dir = alloc(MAXPATHL); 3326 if (dir == NULL) 3327 return FAIL; 3328 p = p_dir; 3329 copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ","); 3330 } 3331 swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir); 3332 vim_free(dir); 3333 r = vim_fexists(swapname); 3334 if (r) 3335 { 3336 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3337 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3338 { 3339 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3340 3341 dialog_msg(buff, 3342 _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"), 3343 swapname); 3344 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) 3345 != VIM_YES) 3346 { 3347 vim_free(swapname); 3348 return FAIL; 3349 } 3350 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3351 } 3352 else 3353 #endif 3354 { 3355 EMSG2(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"), 3356 swapname); 3357 vim_free(swapname); 3358 return FAIL; 3359 } 3360 } 3361 vim_free(swapname); 3362 } 3363 } 3364 return OK; 3365 } 3366 3367 /* 3368 * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands. 3369 */ 3370 void 3371 ex_wnext(exarg_T *eap) 3372 { 3373 int i; 3374 3375 if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n') 3376 i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2; 3377 else 3378 i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2; 3379 eap->line1 = 1; 3380 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 3381 if (do_write(eap) != FAIL) 3382 do_argfile(eap, i); 3383 } 3384 3385 /* 3386 * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit). 3387 */ 3388 void 3389 do_wqall(exarg_T *eap) 3390 { 3391 buf_T *buf; 3392 int error = 0; 3393 int save_forceit = eap->forceit; 3394 3395 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall) 3396 exiting = TRUE; 3397 3398 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 3399 { 3400 if (bufIsChanged(buf)) 3401 { 3402 /* 3403 * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written: 3404 * 1. if the 'write' option is set 3405 * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing) 3406 * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog) 3407 * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog) 3408 */ 3409 if (not_writing()) 3410 { 3411 ++error; 3412 break; 3413 } 3414 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3415 /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */ 3416 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse) 3417 browse_save_fname(buf); 3418 #endif 3419 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL) 3420 { 3421 EMSGN(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum); 3422 ++error; 3423 } 3424 else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf) 3425 || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname, 3426 FALSE) == FAIL) 3427 { 3428 ++error; 3429 } 3430 else 3431 { 3432 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3433 bufref_T bufref; 3434 3435 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 3436 #endif 3437 if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 3438 ++error; 3439 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3440 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */ 3441 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref)) 3442 buf = firstbuf; 3443 #endif 3444 } 3445 eap->forceit = save_forceit; /* check_overwrite() may set it */ 3446 } 3447 } 3448 if (exiting) 3449 { 3450 if (!error) 3451 getout(0); /* exit Vim */ 3452 not_exiting(); 3453 } 3454 } 3455 3456 /* 3457 * Check the 'write' option. 3458 * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st. 3459 */ 3460 int 3461 not_writing(void) 3462 { 3463 if (p_write) 3464 return FALSE; 3465 EMSG(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option")); 3466 return TRUE; 3467 } 3468 3469 /* 3470 * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is 3471 * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error 3472 * message when the buffer is readonly. 3473 */ 3474 static int 3475 check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf) 3476 { 3477 stat_T st; 3478 3479 /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when 3480 * the file exists and permissions are read-only. 3481 * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is 3482 * important for device checks but not here. */ 3483 if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro 3484 || (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0 3485 && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777)))) 3486 { 3487 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3488 if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL) 3489 { 3490 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3491 3492 if (buf->b_p_ro) 3493 dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"), 3494 buf->b_fname); 3495 else 3496 dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"), 3497 buf->b_fname); 3498 3499 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES) 3500 { 3501 /* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */ 3502 *forceit = TRUE; 3503 return FALSE; 3504 } 3505 else 3506 return TRUE; 3507 } 3508 else 3509 #endif 3510 if (buf->b_p_ro) 3511 EMSG(_(e_readonly)); 3512 else 3513 EMSG2(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"), 3514 buf->b_fname); 3515 return TRUE; 3516 } 3517 3518 return FALSE; 3519 } 3520 3521 /* 3522 * Try to abandon current file and edit a new or existing file. 3523 * "fnum" is the number of the file, if zero use ffname/sfname. 3524 * "lnum" is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero). 3525 * 3526 * Return: 3527 * GETFILE_ERROR for "normal" error, 3528 * GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN for "not written" error, 3529 * GETFILE_SAME_FILE for success 3530 * GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER for successfully opening another file. 3531 */ 3532 int 3533 getfile( 3534 int fnum, 3535 char_u *ffname, 3536 char_u *sfname, 3537 int setpm, 3538 linenr_T lnum, 3539 int forceit) 3540 { 3541 int other; 3542 int retval; 3543 char_u *free_me = NULL; 3544 3545 if (text_locked()) 3546 return GETFILE_ERROR; 3547 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3548 if (curbuf_locked()) 3549 return GETFILE_ERROR; 3550 #endif 3551 3552 if (fnum == 0) 3553 { 3554 /* make ffname full path, set sfname */ 3555 fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname); 3556 other = otherfile(ffname); 3557 free_me = ffname; /* has been allocated, free() later */ 3558 } 3559 else 3560 other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum); 3561 3562 if (other) 3563 ++no_wait_return; /* don't wait for autowrite message */ 3564 if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !buf_hide(curbuf) 3565 && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL) 3566 { 3567 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3568 if (p_confirm && p_write) 3569 dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE); 3570 if (curbufIsChanged()) 3571 #endif 3572 { 3573 if (other) 3574 --no_wait_return; 3575 EMSG(_(e_nowrtmsg)); 3576 retval = GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN; /* file has been changed */ 3577 goto theend; 3578 } 3579 } 3580 if (other) 3581 --no_wait_return; 3582 if (setpm) 3583 setpcmark(); 3584 if (!other) 3585 { 3586 if (lnum != 0) 3587 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3588 check_cursor_lnum(); 3589 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 3590 retval = GETFILE_SAME_FILE; /* it's in the same file */ 3591 } 3592 else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum, 3593 (buf_hide(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0), 3594 curwin) == OK) 3595 retval = GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER; /* opened another file */ 3596 else 3597 retval = GETFILE_ERROR; /* error encountered */ 3598 3599 theend: 3600 vim_free(free_me); 3601 return retval; 3602 } 3603 3604 /* 3605 * start editing a new file 3606 * 3607 * fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname 3608 * ffname: the file name 3609 * - full path if sfname used, 3610 * - any file name if sfname is NULL 3611 * - empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be 3612 * in a different directory) 3613 * - NULL to start an empty buffer 3614 * sfname: the short file name (or NULL) 3615 * eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and 3616 * forced 'ff' and 'fenc' 3617 * newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible) 3618 * if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file 3619 * if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files 3620 * if ECMD_ONE: use first line 3621 * flags: 3622 * ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer 3623 * ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file 3624 * ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists 3625 * ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command 3626 * ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list 3627 * oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current 3628 * window, NULL when splitting the window first. When not NULL info 3629 * of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored. 3630 * 3631 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 3632 */ 3633 int 3634 do_ecmd( 3635 int fnum, 3636 char_u *ffname, 3637 char_u *sfname, 3638 exarg_T *eap, /* can be NULL! */ 3639 linenr_T newlnum, 3640 int flags, 3641 win_T *oldwin) 3642 { 3643 int other_file; /* TRUE if editing another file */ 3644 int oldbuf; /* TRUE if using existing buffer */ 3645 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3646 int auto_buf = FALSE; /* TRUE if autocommands brought us 3647 into the buffer unexpectedly */ 3648 char_u *new_name = NULL; 3649 int did_set_swapcommand = FALSE; 3650 #endif 3651 buf_T *buf; 3652 bufref_T bufref; 3653 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3654 bufref_T old_curbuf; 3655 #endif 3656 char_u *free_fname = NULL; 3657 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3658 char_u *browse_file = NULL; 3659 #endif 3660 int retval = FAIL; 3661 long n; 3662 pos_T orig_pos; 3663 linenr_T topline = 0; 3664 int newcol = -1; 3665 int solcol = -1; 3666 pos_T *pos; 3667 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 3668 char_u *cp; 3669 #endif 3670 char_u *command = NULL; 3671 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3672 int did_get_winopts = FALSE; 3673 #endif 3674 int readfile_flags = 0; 3675 int did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE; 3676 3677 if (eap != NULL) 3678 command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd; 3679 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3680 set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf); 3681 #endif 3682 3683 if (fnum != 0) 3684 { 3685 if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum) /* file is already being edited */ 3686 return OK; /* nothing to do */ 3687 other_file = TRUE; 3688 } 3689 else 3690 { 3691 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3692 if (cmdmod.browse) 3693 { 3694 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3695 if ( 3696 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 3697 !gui.in_use && 3698 # endif 3699 au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer")) 3700 { 3701 /* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer: 3702 * Edit the directory. */ 3703 if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname)) 3704 ffname = (char_u *)"."; 3705 } 3706 else 3707 # endif 3708 { 3709 browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname, 3710 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); 3711 if (browse_file == NULL) 3712 goto theend; 3713 ffname = browse_file; 3714 } 3715 } 3716 #endif 3717 /* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */ 3718 if (sfname == NULL) 3719 sfname = ffname; 3720 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE 3721 # ifdef USE_LONG_FNAME 3722 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) 3723 # endif 3724 if (sfname != NULL) 3725 fname_case(sfname, 0); /* set correct case for sfname */ 3726 #endif 3727 3728 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 3729 if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL)) 3730 goto theend; 3731 #endif 3732 3733 if (ffname == NULL) 3734 other_file = TRUE; 3735 /* there is no file name */ 3736 else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) 3737 other_file = FALSE; 3738 else 3739 { 3740 if (*ffname == NUL) /* re-edit with same file name */ 3741 { 3742 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3743 sfname = curbuf->b_fname; 3744 } 3745 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */ 3746 if (free_fname != NULL) 3747 ffname = free_fname; 3748 other_file = otherfile(ffname); 3749 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 3750 if (usingSunWorkShop && p_acd 3751 && (cp = vim_strrchr(sfname, '/')) != NULL) 3752 sfname = ++cp; 3753 #endif 3754 } 3755 } 3756 3757 /* 3758 * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it 3759 * - if we are going to re-edit the same file 3760 * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE 3761 */ 3762 if ( ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF)) 3763 || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 3764 && !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF)))) 3765 && check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0) 3766 | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN) 3767 | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0) 3768 | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD))) 3769 { 3770 if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL) 3771 (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum); 3772 goto theend; 3773 } 3774 3775 /* 3776 * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be 3777 * copied into the GUI selection buffer. 3778 */ 3779 reset_VIsual(); 3780 3781 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3782 if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0) 3783 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL) 3784 { 3785 int len; 3786 char_u *p; 3787 3788 /* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */ 3789 if (command != NULL) 3790 len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3; 3791 else 3792 len = 30; 3793 p = alloc((unsigned)len); 3794 if (p != NULL) 3795 { 3796 if (command != NULL) 3797 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command); 3798 else 3799 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum); 3800 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1); 3801 did_set_swapcommand = TRUE; 3802 vim_free(p); 3803 } 3804 } 3805 #endif 3806 3807 /* 3808 * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer. 3809 * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer. 3810 */ 3811 if (other_file) 3812 { 3813 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 3814 if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)) 3815 #endif 3816 { 3817 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) 3818 curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 3819 if (oldwin != NULL) 3820 buflist_altfpos(oldwin); 3821 } 3822 3823 if (fnum) 3824 buf = buflist_findnr(fnum); 3825 else 3826 { 3827 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 3828 if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) 3829 { 3830 linenr_T tlnum = 1L; 3831 3832 if (command != NULL) 3833 { 3834 tlnum = atol((char *)command); 3835 if (tlnum <= 0) 3836 tlnum = 1L; 3837 } 3838 (void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED); 3839 goto theend; 3840 } 3841 #endif 3842 buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L, 3843 BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED)); 3844 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3845 /* autocommands may change curwin and curbuf */ 3846 if (oldwin != NULL) 3847 oldwin = curwin; 3848 set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf); 3849 #endif 3850 } 3851 if (buf == NULL) 3852 goto theend; 3853 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) /* no memfile yet */ 3854 { 3855 oldbuf = FALSE; 3856 } 3857 else /* existing memfile */ 3858 { 3859 oldbuf = TRUE; 3860 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 3861 (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE); 3862 /* Check if autocommands made the buffer invalid or changed the 3863 * current buffer. */ 3864 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref) 3865 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3866 || curbuf != old_curbuf.br_buf 3867 #endif 3868 ) 3869 goto theend; 3870 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3871 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3872 goto theend; 3873 #endif 3874 } 3875 3876 /* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked 3877 * for explicitly */ 3878 if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST) 3879 { 3880 pos = buflist_findfpos(buf); 3881 newlnum = pos->lnum; 3882 solcol = pos->col; 3883 } 3884 3885 /* 3886 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window. 3887 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE. 3888 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf 3889 * is returned by buflist_new(), nothing to do here. 3890 */ 3891 if (buf != curbuf) 3892 { 3893 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3894 /* 3895 * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change 3896 * the current buffer. 3897 * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up. 3898 * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new 3899 * buffer when loading a buffer is required. This avoids 3900 * loading another buffer which then must be closed again. 3901 * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few 3902 * things, set auto_buf. 3903 */ 3904 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) 3905 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); 3906 set_bufref(&au_new_curbuf, buf); 3907 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3908 if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf)) 3909 { 3910 /* new buffer has been deleted */ 3911 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 3912 goto theend; 3913 } 3914 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3915 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3916 { 3917 vim_free(new_name); 3918 goto theend; 3919 } 3920 # endif 3921 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ 3922 auto_buf = TRUE; 3923 else 3924 { 3925 win_T *the_curwin = curwin; 3926 3927 /* Set the w_closing flag to avoid that autocommands close the 3928 * window. And set b_locked for the same reason. */ 3929 the_curwin->w_closing = TRUE; 3930 ++buf->b_locked; 3931 3932 if (curbuf == old_curbuf.br_buf) 3933 #endif 3934 buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER); 3935 3936 /* Close the link to the current buffer. This will set 3937 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */ 3938 u_sync(FALSE); 3939 close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf, 3940 (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE); 3941 3942 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3943 the_curwin->w_closing = FALSE; 3944 --buf->b_locked; 3945 3946 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3947 /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3948 if (aborting() && curwin->w_buffer != NULL) 3949 { 3950 vim_free(new_name); 3951 goto theend; 3952 } 3953 # endif 3954 /* Be careful again, like above. */ 3955 if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf)) 3956 { 3957 /* new buffer has been deleted */ 3958 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 3959 goto theend; 3960 } 3961 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ 3962 auto_buf = TRUE; 3963 else 3964 #endif 3965 { 3966 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3967 /* 3968 * <VN> We could instead free the synblock 3969 * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps. 3970 */ 3971 if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL 3972 || curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s)) 3973 curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s); 3974 #endif 3975 curwin->w_buffer = buf; 3976 curbuf = buf; 3977 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; 3978 3979 /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */ 3980 if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL) 3981 { 3982 set_file_options(TRUE, eap); 3983 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3984 set_forced_fenc(eap); 3985 #endif 3986 } 3987 } 3988 3989 /* May get the window options from the last time this buffer 3990 * was in this window (or another window). If not used 3991 * before, reset the local window options to the global 3992 * values. Also restores old folding stuff. */ 3993 get_winopts(curbuf); 3994 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3995 did_get_winopts = TRUE; 3996 #endif 3997 3998 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3999 } 4000 vim_free(new_name); 4001 au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL; 4002 au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0; 4003 #endif 4004 } 4005 4006 curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1; 4007 curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0; 4008 } 4009 else /* !other_file */ 4010 { 4011 if ( 4012 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 4013 (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || 4014 #endif 4015 check_fname() == FAIL) 4016 goto theend; 4017 4018 oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF); 4019 } 4020 4021 /* Don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line, otherwise 4022 * autocommands may cause ml_get errors. */ 4023 ++RedrawingDisabled; 4024 did_inc_redrawing_disabled = TRUE; 4025 4026 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4027 buf = curbuf; 4028 #endif 4029 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag) 4030 { 4031 prepare_help_buffer(); 4032 } 4033 else 4034 { 4035 /* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer. Useful when 4036 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */ 4037 if (!curbuf->b_help) 4038 set_buflisted(TRUE); 4039 } 4040 4041 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4042 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about 4043 * editing the file. */ 4044 if (buf != curbuf) 4045 goto theend; 4046 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4047 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 4048 goto theend; 4049 # endif 4050 4051 /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be 4052 * unset. Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax 4053 * highlighting to work in the other file. */ 4054 did_filetype = FALSE; 4055 #endif 4056 4057 /* 4058 * other_file oldbuf 4059 * FALSE FALSE re-edit same file, buffer is re-used 4060 * FALSE TRUE re-edit same file, nothing changes 4061 * TRUE FALSE start editing new file, new buffer 4062 * TRUE TRUE start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do) 4063 */ 4064 if (!other_file && !oldbuf) /* re-use the buffer */ 4065 { 4066 set_last_cursor(curwin); /* may set b_last_cursor */ 4067 if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) 4068 { 4069 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4070 solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4071 } 4072 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4073 buf = curbuf; 4074 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) 4075 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); 4076 else 4077 new_name = NULL; 4078 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 4079 #endif 4080 if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur) 4081 { 4082 /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone. 4083 * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */ 4084 u_sync(FALSE); 4085 if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE) 4086 == FAIL) 4087 { 4088 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4089 vim_free(new_name); 4090 #endif 4091 goto theend; 4092 } 4093 u_unchanged(curbuf); 4094 buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO); 4095 4096 /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */ 4097 readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO; 4098 } 4099 else 4100 buf_freeall(curbuf, 0); /* free all things for buffer */ 4101 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4102 /* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give 4103 * up and jump to the end. */ 4104 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref)) 4105 { 4106 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 4107 goto theend; 4108 } 4109 vim_free(new_name); 4110 4111 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about 4112 * re-editing the file. Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps 4113 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */ 4114 if (buf != curbuf) 4115 goto theend; 4116 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4117 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 4118 goto theend; 4119 # endif 4120 #endif 4121 buf_clear_file(curbuf); 4122 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0; /* clear '[ and '] marks */ 4123 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0; 4124 } 4125 4126 /* 4127 * If we get here we are sure to start editing 4128 */ 4129 /* Assume success now */ 4130 retval = OK; 4131 4132 /* 4133 * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list. 4134 */ 4135 check_arg_idx(curwin); 4136 4137 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4138 if (!auto_buf) 4139 #endif 4140 { 4141 /* 4142 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing 4143 * autocommands. This allows for the autocommands to position the 4144 * cursor. 4145 */ 4146 curwin_init(); 4147 4148 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4149 /* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed. Need to update 4150 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */ 4151 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 4152 { 4153 win_T *win; 4154 tabpage_T *tp; 4155 4156 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) 4157 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 4158 foldUpdateAll(win); 4159 } 4160 # else 4161 foldUpdateAll(curwin); 4162 # endif 4163 #endif 4164 4165 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 4166 DO_AUTOCHDIR 4167 4168 /* 4169 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current 4170 * buffer and window. 4171 */ 4172 orig_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 4173 topline = curwin->w_topline; 4174 if (!oldbuf) /* need to read the file */ 4175 { 4176 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) 4177 swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG; 4178 #endif 4179 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */ 4180 4181 /* 4182 * Open the buffer and read the file. 4183 */ 4184 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) 4185 if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags))) 4186 retval = FAIL; 4187 #else 4188 (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags); 4189 #endif 4190 4191 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) 4192 if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT) 4193 retval = FAIL; 4194 handle_swap_exists(&old_curbuf); 4195 #endif 4196 } 4197 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4198 else 4199 { 4200 /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options. Any 4201 * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been 4202 * changed by the user. */ 4203 do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY); 4204 4205 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, 4206 &retval); 4207 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, 4208 &retval); 4209 } 4210 check_arg_idx(curwin); 4211 #endif 4212 4213 /* If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should 4214 * keep it. Also when it moves within a line. */ 4215 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, orig_pos)) 4216 { 4217 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4218 newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4219 } 4220 if (curwin->w_topline == topline) 4221 topline = 0; 4222 4223 /* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */ 4224 changed_line_abv_curs(); 4225 4226 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 4227 maketitle(); 4228 #endif 4229 } 4230 4231 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4232 /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating. 4233 * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will 4234 * have removed it as a diff buffer. */ 4235 if (curwin->w_p_diff) 4236 { 4237 diff_buf_add(curbuf); 4238 diff_invalidate(curbuf); 4239 } 4240 #endif 4241 4242 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4243 /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language. 4244 * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */ 4245 if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL) 4246 (void)did_set_spelllang(curwin); 4247 #endif 4248 4249 if (command == NULL) 4250 { 4251 if (newcol >= 0) /* position set by autocommands */ 4252 { 4253 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; 4254 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; 4255 check_cursor(); 4256 } 4257 else if (newlnum > 0) /* line number from caller or old position */ 4258 { 4259 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; 4260 check_cursor_lnum(); 4261 if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol) 4262 { 4263 /* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */ 4264 curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol; 4265 check_cursor_col(); 4266 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4267 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 4268 #endif 4269 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 4270 } 4271 else 4272 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 4273 } 4274 else /* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */ 4275 { 4276 if (exmode_active) 4277 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4278 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 4279 } 4280 } 4281 4282 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 4283 /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */ 4284 check_lnums(FALSE); 4285 #endif 4286 4287 /* 4288 * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file. 4289 * Do this after setting the cursor. 4290 */ 4291 if (oldbuf 4292 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4293 && !auto_buf 4294 #endif 4295 ) 4296 { 4297 int msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll; 4298 4299 /* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file 4300 * message. */ 4301 if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0) 4302 msg_scroll = FALSE; 4303 if (!msg_scroll) /* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */ 4304 check_for_delay(FALSE); 4305 msg_start(); 4306 msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save; 4307 msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE; 4308 4309 if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO)) 4310 fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 4311 4312 msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE; 4313 } 4314 4315 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 4316 curbuf->b_last_used = vim_time(); 4317 #endif 4318 4319 if (command != NULL) 4320 do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE); 4321 4322 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 4323 if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT) 4324 (void)keymap_init(); 4325 #endif 4326 4327 --RedrawingDisabled; 4328 did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE; 4329 if (!skip_redraw) 4330 { 4331 n = p_so; 4332 if (topline == 0 && command == NULL) 4333 p_so = 999; /* force cursor halfway the window */ 4334 update_topline(); 4335 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND 4336 curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline; 4337 #endif 4338 p_so = n; 4339 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); /* redraw this buffer later */ 4340 } 4341 4342 if (p_im) 4343 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 4344 4345 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 4346 DO_AUTOCHDIR 4347 4348 #if defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) 4349 if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL) 4350 { 4351 # ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 4352 if (gui.in_use && usingSunWorkShop) 4353 workshop_file_opened((char *)curbuf->b_ffname, curbuf->b_p_ro); 4354 # endif 4355 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 4356 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP) 4357 netbeans_file_opened(curbuf); 4358 # endif 4359 } 4360 #endif 4361 4362 theend: 4363 if (did_inc_redrawing_disabled) 4364 --RedrawingDisabled; 4365 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4366 if (did_set_swapcommand) 4367 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1); 4368 #endif 4369 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 4370 vim_free(browse_file); 4371 #endif 4372 vim_free(free_fname); 4373 return retval; 4374 } 4375 4376 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4377 static void 4378 delbuf_msg(char_u *name) 4379 { 4380 EMSG2(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"), 4381 name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name); 4382 vim_free(name); 4383 au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL; 4384 au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0; 4385 } 4386 #endif 4387 4388 static int append_indent = 0; /* autoindent for first line */ 4389 4390 /* 4391 * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change" 4392 */ 4393 void 4394 ex_append(exarg_T *eap) 4395 { 4396 char_u *theline; 4397 int did_undo = FALSE; 4398 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; 4399 int indent = 0; 4400 char_u *p; 4401 int vcol; 4402 int empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY); 4403 4404 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ 4405 if (eap->forceit) 4406 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; 4407 4408 /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */ 4409 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0) 4410 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); 4411 4412 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) 4413 --lnum; 4414 4415 /* when the buffer is empty need to delete the dummy line */ 4416 if (empty && lnum == 1) 4417 lnum = 0; 4418 4419 State = INSERT; /* behave like in Insert mode */ 4420 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 4421 State |= LANGMAP; 4422 4423 for (;;) 4424 { 4425 msg_scroll = TRUE; 4426 need_wait_return = FALSE; 4427 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) 4428 { 4429 if (append_indent >= 0) 4430 { 4431 indent = append_indent; 4432 append_indent = -1; 4433 } 4434 else if (lnum > 0) 4435 indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); 4436 } 4437 ex_keep_indent = FALSE; 4438 if (eap->getline == NULL) 4439 { 4440 /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends 4441 * when there is no more. */ 4442 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL) 4443 break; 4444 p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL); 4445 if (p == NULL) 4446 p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd); 4447 theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd)); 4448 if (*p != NUL) 4449 ++p; 4450 eap->nextcmd = p; 4451 } 4452 else 4453 { 4454 int save_State = State; 4455 4456 /* Set State to avoid the cursor shape to be set to INSERT mode 4457 * when getline() returns. */ 4458 State = CMDLINE; 4459 theline = eap->getline( 4460 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4461 eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 : 4462 #endif 4463 NUL, eap->cookie, indent); 4464 State = save_State; 4465 } 4466 lines_left = Rows - 1; 4467 if (theline == NULL) 4468 break; 4469 4470 /* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */ 4471 if (ex_keep_indent) 4472 append_indent = indent; 4473 4474 /* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */ 4475 vcol = 0; 4476 for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p) 4477 { 4478 if (*p == ' ') 4479 ++vcol; 4480 else if (*p == TAB) 4481 vcol += 8 - vcol % 8; 4482 else 4483 break; 4484 } 4485 if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL) 4486 || (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0)) 4487 == FAIL)) 4488 { 4489 vim_free(theline); 4490 break; 4491 } 4492 4493 /* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */ 4494 if (p[0] == NUL) 4495 theline[0] = NUL; 4496 4497 did_undo = TRUE; 4498 ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 4499 appended_lines_mark(lnum + (empty ? 1 : 0), 1L); 4500 4501 vim_free(theline); 4502 ++lnum; 4503 4504 if (empty) 4505 { 4506 ml_delete(2L, FALSE); 4507 empty = FALSE; 4508 } 4509 } 4510 State = NORMAL; 4511 4512 if (eap->forceit) 4513 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; 4514 4515 /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when 4516 * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended) 4517 * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise 4518 * it is the same than "start" -- Acevedo */ 4519 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ? 4520 eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4521 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) 4522 --curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; 4523 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum) 4524 ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; 4525 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 4526 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 4527 check_cursor_lnum(); 4528 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 4529 4530 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* don't use wait_return() now */ 4531 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; 4532 } 4533 4534 /* 4535 * ":change" 4536 */ 4537 void 4538 ex_change(exarg_T *eap) 4539 { 4540 linenr_T lnum; 4541 4542 if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1 4543 && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL) 4544 return; 4545 4546 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ 4547 if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai) 4548 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1); 4549 4550 for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum) 4551 { 4552 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ 4553 break; 4554 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); 4555 } 4556 4557 /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */ 4558 check_cursor_lnum(); 4559 deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum)); 4560 4561 /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */ 4562 eap->line2 = eap->line1; 4563 ex_append(eap); 4564 } 4565 4566 void 4567 ex_z(exarg_T *eap) 4568 { 4569 char_u *x; 4570 long bigness; 4571 char_u *kind; 4572 int minus = 0; 4573 linenr_T start, end, curs, i; 4574 int j; 4575 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; 4576 4577 /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses 4578 * 'scroll' */ 4579 if (eap->forceit) 4580 bigness = curwin->w_height; 4581 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 4582 else if (!ONE_WINDOW) 4583 bigness = curwin->w_height - 3; 4584 #endif 4585 else 4586 bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2; 4587 if (bigness < 1) 4588 bigness = 1; 4589 4590 x = eap->arg; 4591 kind = x; 4592 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '=' 4593 || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.') 4594 ++x; 4595 while (*x == '-' || *x == '+') 4596 ++x; 4597 4598 if (*x != 0) 4599 { 4600 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x)) 4601 { 4602 EMSG(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z")); 4603 return; 4604 } 4605 else 4606 { 4607 bigness = atol((char *)x); 4608 4609 /* bigness could be < 0 if atol(x) overflows. */ 4610 if (bigness > 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count || bigness < 0) 4611 bigness = 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4612 4613 p_window = bigness; 4614 if (*kind == '=') 4615 bigness += 2; 4616 } 4617 } 4618 4619 /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */ 4620 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+') 4621 for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x) 4622 ; 4623 4624 switch (*kind) 4625 { 4626 case '-': 4627 start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1; 4628 end = start + bigness - 1; 4629 curs = end; 4630 break; 4631 4632 case '=': 4633 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; 4634 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; 4635 curs = lnum; 4636 minus = 1; 4637 break; 4638 4639 case '^': 4640 start = lnum - bigness * 2; 4641 end = lnum - bigness; 4642 curs = lnum - bigness; 4643 break; 4644 4645 case '.': 4646 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; 4647 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; 4648 curs = end; 4649 break; 4650 4651 default: /* '+' */ 4652 start = lnum; 4653 if (*kind == '+') 4654 start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1; 4655 else if (eap->addr_count == 0) 4656 ++start; 4657 end = start + bigness - 1; 4658 curs = end; 4659 break; 4660 } 4661 4662 if (start < 1) 4663 start = 1; 4664 4665 if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4666 end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4667 4668 if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4669 curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4670 else if (curs < 1) 4671 curs = 1; 4672 4673 for (i = start; i <= end; i++) 4674 { 4675 if (minus && i == lnum) 4676 { 4677 msg_putchar('\n'); 4678 4679 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) 4680 msg_putchar('-'); 4681 } 4682 4683 print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST); 4684 4685 if (minus && i == lnum) 4686 { 4687 msg_putchar('\n'); 4688 4689 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) 4690 msg_putchar('-'); 4691 } 4692 } 4693 4694 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curs) 4695 { 4696 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs; 4697 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 4698 } 4699 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; 4700 } 4701 4702 /* 4703 * Check if the restricted flag is set. 4704 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. 4705 * Otherwise, return FALSE. 4706 */ 4707 int 4708 check_restricted(void) 4709 { 4710 if (restricted) 4711 { 4712 EMSG(_("E145: Shell commands not allowed in rvim")); 4713 return TRUE; 4714 } 4715 return FALSE; 4716 } 4717 4718 /* 4719 * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory). 4720 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. 4721 * Otherwise, return FALSE. 4722 */ 4723 int 4724 check_secure(void) 4725 { 4726 if (secure) 4727 { 4728 secure = 2; 4729 EMSG(_(e_curdir)); 4730 return TRUE; 4731 } 4732 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 4733 /* 4734 * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things 4735 * disallowed in secure mode. 4736 */ 4737 if (sandbox != 0) 4738 { 4739 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 4740 return TRUE; 4741 } 4742 #endif 4743 return FALSE; 4744 } 4745 4746 static char_u *old_sub = NULL; /* previous substitute pattern */ 4747 static int global_need_beginline; /* call beginline() after ":g" */ 4748 4749 /* 4750 * Flags that are kept between calls to :substitute. 4751 */ 4752 typedef struct { 4753 int do_all; /* do multiple substitutions per line */ 4754 int do_ask; /* ask for confirmation */ 4755 int do_count; /* count only */ 4756 int do_error; /* if false, ignore errors */ 4757 int do_print; /* print last line with subs. */ 4758 int do_list; /* list last line with subs. */ 4759 int do_number; /* list last line with line nr*/ 4760 int do_ic; /* ignore case flag */ 4761 } subflags_T; 4762 4763 /* do_sub() 4764 * 4765 * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the 4766 * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form: 4767 * 4768 * /pattern/substitution/{flags} 4769 * 4770 * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs. 4771 */ 4772 void 4773 do_sub(exarg_T *eap) 4774 { 4775 linenr_T lnum; 4776 long i = 0; 4777 regmmatch_T regmatch; 4778 static subflags_T subflags = {FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, 4779 FALSE, FALSE, 0}; 4780 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4781 subflags_T subflags_save; 4782 #endif 4783 int save_do_all; /* remember user specified 'g' flag */ 4784 int save_do_ask; /* remember user specified 'c' flag */ 4785 char_u *pat = NULL, *sub = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 4786 int delimiter; 4787 int sublen; 4788 int got_quit = FALSE; 4789 int got_match = FALSE; 4790 int temp; 4791 int which_pat; 4792 char_u *cmd; 4793 int save_State; 4794 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ 4795 linenr_T last_line= 0; /* below last changed line AFTER the 4796 * change */ 4797 linenr_T old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4798 linenr_T line2; 4799 long nmatch; /* number of lines in match */ 4800 char_u *sub_firstline; /* allocated copy of first sub line */ 4801 int endcolumn = FALSE; /* cursor in last column when done */ 4802 pos_T old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; 4803 int start_nsubs; 4804 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4805 int save_ma = 0; 4806 #endif 4807 4808 cmd = eap->arg; 4809 if (!global_busy) 4810 { 4811 sub_nsubs = 0; 4812 sub_nlines = 0; 4813 } 4814 start_nsubs = sub_nsubs; 4815 4816 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde) 4817 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ 4818 else 4819 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use last substitute regexp */ 4820 4821 /* new pattern and substitution */ 4822 if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !VIM_ISWHITE(*cmd) 4823 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL) 4824 { 4825 /* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */ 4826 if (isalpha(*cmd)) 4827 { 4828 EMSG(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters")); 4829 return; 4830 } 4831 /* 4832 * undocumented vi feature: 4833 * "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like 4834 * //sub/r). "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/). 4835 */ 4836 if (*cmd == '\\') 4837 { 4838 ++cmd; 4839 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) 4840 { 4841 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); 4842 return; 4843 } 4844 if (*cmd != '&') 4845 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use last '/' pattern */ 4846 pat = (char_u *)""; /* empty search pattern */ 4847 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ 4848 } 4849 else /* find the end of the regexp */ 4850 { 4851 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* reverse the flow of the Farsi characters */ 4852 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) 4853 lrF_sub(cmd); 4854 #endif 4855 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ 4856 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ 4857 pat = cmd; /* remember start of search pat */ 4858 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg); 4859 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ 4860 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 4861 } 4862 4863 /* 4864 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in 4865 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL. 4866 */ 4867 sub = cmd; /* remember the start of the substitution */ 4868 4869 while (cmd[0]) 4870 { 4871 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ 4872 { 4873 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 4874 break; 4875 } 4876 if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0) /* skip escaped characters */ 4877 ++cmd; 4878 MB_PTR_ADV(cmd); 4879 } 4880 4881 if (!eap->skip) 4882 { 4883 /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */ 4884 if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0 4885 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL) 4886 { 4887 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ 4888 { 4889 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); 4890 return; 4891 } 4892 sub = old_sub; 4893 } 4894 else 4895 { 4896 vim_free(old_sub); 4897 old_sub = vim_strsave(sub); 4898 } 4899 } 4900 } 4901 else if (!eap->skip) /* use previous pattern and substitution */ 4902 { 4903 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ 4904 { 4905 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); 4906 return; 4907 } 4908 pat = NULL; /* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */ 4909 sub = old_sub; 4910 4911 /* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the 4912 * last column after using "$". */ 4913 endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); 4914 } 4915 4916 /* Recognize ":%s/\n//" and turn it into a join command, which is much 4917 * more efficient. 4918 * TODO: find a generic solution to make line-joining operations more 4919 * efficient, avoid allocating a string that grows in size. 4920 */ 4921 if (pat != NULL && STRCMP(pat, "\\n") == 0 4922 && *sub == NUL 4923 && (*cmd == NUL || (cmd[1] == NUL && (*cmd == 'g' || *cmd == 'l' 4924 || *cmd == 'p' || *cmd == '#')))) 4925 { 4926 linenr_T joined_lines_count; 4927 4928 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 4929 if (*cmd == 'l') 4930 eap->flags = EXFLAG_LIST; 4931 else if (*cmd == '#') 4932 eap->flags = EXFLAG_NR; 4933 else if (*cmd == 'p') 4934 eap->flags = EXFLAG_PRINT; 4935 4936 /* The number of lines joined is the number of lines in the range plus 4937 * one. One less when the last line is included. */ 4938 joined_lines_count = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1; 4939 if (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4940 ++joined_lines_count; 4941 if (joined_lines_count > 1) 4942 { 4943 (void)do_join(joined_lines_count, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE); 4944 sub_nsubs = joined_lines_count - 1; 4945 sub_nlines = 1; 4946 (void)do_sub_msg(FALSE); 4947 ex_may_print(eap); 4948 } 4949 4950 if (!cmdmod.keeppatterns) 4951 save_re_pat(RE_SUBST, pat, p_magic); 4952 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 4953 /* put pattern in history */ 4954 add_to_history(HIST_SEARCH, pat, TRUE, NUL); 4955 #endif 4956 4957 return; 4958 } 4959 4960 /* 4961 * Find trailing options. When '&' is used, keep old options. 4962 */ 4963 if (*cmd == '&') 4964 ++cmd; 4965 else 4966 { 4967 if (!p_ed) 4968 { 4969 if (p_gd) /* default is global on */ 4970 subflags.do_all = TRUE; 4971 else 4972 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 4973 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 4974 } 4975 subflags.do_error = TRUE; 4976 subflags.do_print = FALSE; 4977 subflags.do_count = FALSE; 4978 subflags.do_number = FALSE; 4979 subflags.do_ic = 0; 4980 } 4981 while (*cmd) 4982 { 4983 /* 4984 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off. 4985 * 'r' is never inverted. 4986 */ 4987 if (*cmd == 'g') 4988 subflags.do_all = !subflags.do_all; 4989 else if (*cmd == 'c') 4990 subflags.do_ask = !subflags.do_ask; 4991 else if (*cmd == 'n') 4992 subflags.do_count = TRUE; 4993 else if (*cmd == 'e') 4994 subflags.do_error = !subflags.do_error; 4995 else if (*cmd == 'r') /* use last used regexp */ 4996 which_pat = RE_LAST; 4997 else if (*cmd == 'p') 4998 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 4999 else if (*cmd == '#') 5000 { 5001 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 5002 subflags.do_number = TRUE; 5003 } 5004 else if (*cmd == 'l') 5005 { 5006 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 5007 subflags.do_list = TRUE; 5008 } 5009 else if (*cmd == 'i') /* ignore case */ 5010 subflags.do_ic = 'i'; 5011 else if (*cmd == 'I') /* don't ignore case */ 5012 subflags.do_ic = 'I'; 5013 else 5014 break; 5015 ++cmd; 5016 } 5017 if (subflags.do_count) 5018 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 5019 5020 save_do_all = subflags.do_all; 5021 save_do_ask = subflags.do_ask; 5022 5023 /* 5024 * check for a trailing count 5025 */ 5026 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); 5027 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd)) 5028 { 5029 i = getdigits(&cmd); 5030 if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && subflags.do_error) 5031 { 5032 EMSG(_(e_zerocount)); 5033 return; 5034 } 5035 eap->line1 = eap->line2; 5036 eap->line2 += i - 1; 5037 if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5038 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 5039 } 5040 5041 /* 5042 * check for trailing command or garbage 5043 */ 5044 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); 5045 if (*cmd && *cmd != '"') /* if not end-of-line or comment */ 5046 { 5047 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd); 5048 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL) 5049 { 5050 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 5051 return; 5052 } 5053 } 5054 5055 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands, only parsing */ 5056 return; 5057 5058 if (!subflags.do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma) 5059 { 5060 /* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */ 5061 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); 5062 return; 5063 } 5064 5065 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) 5066 { 5067 if (subflags.do_error) 5068 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); 5069 return; 5070 } 5071 5072 /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */ 5073 if (subflags.do_ic == 'i') 5074 regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE; 5075 else if (subflags.do_ic == 'I') 5076 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; 5077 5078 sub_firstline = NULL; 5079 5080 /* 5081 * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern. 5082 * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again. 5083 * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression. 5084 */ 5085 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) 5086 sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic); 5087 5088 /* 5089 * Check for a match on each line. 5090 */ 5091 line2 = eap->line2; 5092 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit 5093 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) 5094 || aborting() 5095 #endif 5096 ); ++lnum) 5097 { 5098 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 5099 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 5100 if (nmatch) 5101 { 5102 colnr_T copycol; 5103 colnr_T matchcol; 5104 colnr_T prev_matchcol = MAXCOL; 5105 char_u *new_end, *new_start = NULL; 5106 unsigned new_start_len = 0; 5107 char_u *p1; 5108 int did_sub = FALSE; 5109 int lastone; 5110 int len, copy_len, needed_len; 5111 long nmatch_tl = 0; /* nr of lines matched below lnum */ 5112 int do_again; /* do it again after joining lines */ 5113 int skip_match = FALSE; 5114 linenr_T sub_firstlnum; /* nr of first sub line */ 5115 5116 /* 5117 * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much 5118 * copying. There are these pieces: 5119 * sub_firstline The old text, unmodified. 5120 * copycol Column in the old text where we started 5121 * looking for a match; from here old text still 5122 * needs to be copied to the new text. 5123 * matchcol Column number of the old text where to look 5124 * for the next match. It's just after the 5125 * previous match or one further. 5126 * prev_matchcol Column just after the previous match (if any). 5127 * Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first 5128 * match and after skipping an empty match. 5129 * regmatch.*pos Where the pattern matched in the old text. 5130 * new_start The new text, all that has been produced so 5131 * far. 5132 * new_end The new text, where to append new text. 5133 * 5134 * lnum The line number where we found the start of 5135 * the match. Can be below the line we searched 5136 * when there is a \n before a \zs in the 5137 * pattern. 5138 * sub_firstlnum The line number in the buffer where to look 5139 * for a match. Can be different from "lnum" 5140 * when the pattern or substitute string contains 5141 * line breaks. 5142 * 5143 * Special situations: 5144 * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up 5145 * to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of 5146 * the original line is kept. "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for 5147 * the inserted lines. 5148 * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line 5149 * is taken from the line at the end of the pattern. The lines 5150 * in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted 5151 * accordingly. 5152 * 5153 * The new text is built up in new_start[]. It has some extra 5154 * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often. new_start_len is 5155 * the length of the allocated memory at new_start. 5156 * 5157 * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when 5158 * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match. The "old_" 5159 * pointers point into this copy. 5160 */ 5161 sub_firstlnum = lnum; 5162 copycol = 0; 5163 matchcol = 0; 5164 5165 /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */ 5166 if (!got_match) 5167 { 5168 setpcmark(); 5169 got_match = TRUE; 5170 } 5171 5172 /* 5173 * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line. 5174 * 1. Handle match with empty string. 5175 * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. 5176 * 3. substitute the string. 5177 * 4. if do_all is set, find next match 5178 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line 5179 */ 5180 for (;;) 5181 { 5182 /* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts. The 5183 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line 5184 * break before \zs. */ 5185 if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) 5186 { 5187 lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5188 sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5189 nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5190 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5191 sub_firstline = NULL; 5192 } 5193 5194 if (sub_firstline == NULL) 5195 { 5196 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); 5197 if (sub_firstline == NULL) 5198 { 5199 vim_free(new_start); 5200 goto outofmem; 5201 } 5202 } 5203 5204 /* Save the line number of the last change for the final 5205 * cursor position (just like Vi). */ 5206 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 5207 do_again = FALSE; 5208 5209 /* 5210 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first 5211 * match. This reproduces the strange vi behaviour. 5212 * This also catches endless loops. 5213 */ 5214 if (matchcol == prev_matchcol 5215 && regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0 5216 && matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col) 5217 { 5218 if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL) 5219 /* We already were at the end of the line. Don't look 5220 * for a match in this line again. */ 5221 skip_match = TRUE; 5222 else 5223 { 5224 /* search for a match at next column */ 5225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5226 if (has_mbyte) 5227 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol); 5228 else 5229 #endif 5230 ++matchcol; 5231 } 5232 goto skip; 5233 } 5234 5235 /* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the 5236 * previous match. */ 5237 matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 5238 prev_matchcol = matchcol; 5239 5240 /* 5241 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter. 5242 * If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. 5243 */ 5244 if (subflags.do_count) 5245 { 5246 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at 5247 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that 5248 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. 5249 * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */ 5250 if (nmatch > 1) 5251 { 5252 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); 5253 nmatch = 1; 5254 skip_match = TRUE; 5255 } 5256 sub_nsubs++; 5257 did_sub = TRUE; 5258 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5259 /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used, 5260 * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */ 5261 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) 5262 #endif 5263 goto skip; 5264 } 5265 5266 if (subflags.do_ask) 5267 { 5268 int typed = 0; 5269 5270 /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works 5271 * properly */ 5272 save_State = State; 5273 State = CONFIRM; 5274 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 5275 setmouse(); /* disable mouse in xterm */ 5276 #endif 5277 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; 5278 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND 5279 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 5280 do_check_cursorbind(); 5281 #endif 5282 5283 /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when 5284 * asking for confirmation. */ 5285 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) 5286 ++no_u_sync; 5287 5288 /* 5289 * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed. 5290 */ 5291 while (subflags.do_ask) 5292 { 5293 if (exmode_active) 5294 { 5295 char_u *resp; 5296 colnr_T sc, ec; 5297 5298 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, 5299 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list); 5300 5301 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL); 5302 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1; 5303 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < 0) 5304 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5305 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec); 5306 if (subflags.do_number || curwin->w_p_nu) 5307 { 5308 int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1; 5309 sc += numw; 5310 ec += numw; 5311 } 5312 msg_start(); 5313 for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i) 5314 msg_putchar(' '); 5315 for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i) 5316 msg_putchar('^'); 5317 5318 resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0); 5319 if (resp != NULL) 5320 { 5321 typed = *resp; 5322 vim_free(resp); 5323 } 5324 } 5325 else 5326 { 5327 char_u *orig_line = NULL; 5328 int len_change = 0; 5329 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5330 int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen; 5331 5332 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; 5333 #endif 5334 /* Invert the matched string. 5335 * Remove the inversion afterwards. */ 5336 temp = RedrawingDisabled; 5337 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5338 5339 if (new_start != NULL) 5340 { 5341 /* There already was a substitution, we would 5342 * like to show this to the user. We cannot 5343 * really update the line, it would change 5344 * what matches. Temporarily replace the line 5345 * and change it back afterwards. */ 5346 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); 5347 if (orig_line != NULL) 5348 { 5349 char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start, 5350 sub_firstline + copycol); 5351 5352 if (new_line == NULL) 5353 { 5354 vim_free(orig_line); 5355 orig_line = NULL; 5356 } 5357 else 5358 { 5359 /* Position the cursor relative to the 5360 * end of the line, the previous 5361 * substitute may have inserted or 5362 * deleted characters before the 5363 * cursor. */ 5364 len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line) 5365 - (int)STRLEN(orig_line); 5366 curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change; 5367 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); 5368 } 5369 } 5370 } 5371 5372 search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum 5373 - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5374 search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col 5375 + len_change; 5376 highlight_match = TRUE; 5377 5378 update_topline(); 5379 validate_cursor(); 5380 update_screen(SOME_VALID); 5381 highlight_match = FALSE; 5382 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); 5383 5384 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5385 curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen; 5386 #endif 5387 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) 5388 msg_didout = FALSE; /* avoid a scroll-up */ 5389 msg_starthere(); 5390 i = msg_scroll; 5391 msg_scroll = 0; /* truncate msg when 5392 needed */ 5393 msg_no_more = TRUE; 5394 /* write message same highlighting as for 5395 * wait_return */ 5396 smsg_attr(HL_ATTR(HLF_R), 5397 (char_u *)_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub); 5398 msg_no_more = FALSE; 5399 msg_scroll = i; 5400 showruler(TRUE); 5401 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 5402 RedrawingDisabled = temp; 5403 5404 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5405 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 5406 #endif 5407 ++no_mapping; /* don't map this key */ 5408 ++allow_keys; /* allow special keys */ 5409 typed = plain_vgetc(); 5410 --allow_keys; 5411 --no_mapping; 5412 5413 /* clear the question */ 5414 msg_didout = FALSE; /* don't scroll up */ 5415 msg_col = 0; 5416 gotocmdline(TRUE); 5417 5418 /* restore the line */ 5419 if (orig_line != NULL) 5420 ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 5421 } 5422 5423 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */ 5424 if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C 5425 #ifdef UNIX 5426 || typed == intr_char 5427 #endif 5428 ) 5429 { 5430 got_quit = TRUE; 5431 break; 5432 } 5433 if (typed == 'n') 5434 break; 5435 if (typed == 'y') 5436 break; 5437 if (typed == 'l') 5438 { 5439 /* last: replace and then stop */ 5440 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 5441 line2 = lnum; 5442 break; 5443 } 5444 if (typed == 'a') 5445 { 5446 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 5447 break; 5448 } 5449 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 5450 if (typed == Ctrl_E) 5451 scrollup_clamp(); 5452 else if (typed == Ctrl_Y) 5453 scrolldown_clamp(); 5454 #endif 5455 } 5456 State = save_State; 5457 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 5458 setmouse(); 5459 #endif 5460 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) 5461 --no_u_sync; 5462 5463 if (typed == 'n') 5464 { 5465 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at 5466 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that 5467 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. 5468 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc" 5469 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */ 5470 if (nmatch > 1) 5471 { 5472 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); 5473 skip_match = TRUE; 5474 } 5475 goto skip; 5476 } 5477 if (got_quit) 5478 goto skip; 5479 } 5480 5481 /* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can 5482 * use "\=col("."). */ 5483 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; 5484 5485 /* 5486 * 3. substitute the string. 5487 */ 5488 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5489 if (subflags.do_count) 5490 { 5491 /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */ 5492 save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma; 5493 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; 5494 sandbox++; 5495 } 5496 /* Save flags for recursion. They can change for e.g. 5497 * :s/^/\=execute("s#^##gn") */ 5498 subflags_save = subflags; 5499 #endif 5500 /* get length of substitution part */ 5501 sublen = vim_regsub_multi(®match, 5502 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, 5503 sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE); 5504 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5505 /* Don't keep flags set by a recursive call. */ 5506 subflags = subflags_save; 5507 if (subflags.do_count) 5508 { 5509 curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma; 5510 if (sandbox > 0) 5511 sandbox--; 5512 goto skip; 5513 } 5514 #endif 5515 5516 /* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may 5517 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */ 5518 if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1) 5519 { 5520 nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1; 5521 skip_match = TRUE; 5522 } 5523 5524 /* Need room for: 5525 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line) 5526 * - original text up to match 5527 * - length of substituted part 5528 * - original text after match 5529 */ 5530 if (nmatch == 1) 5531 p1 = sub_firstline; 5532 else 5533 { 5534 p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1); 5535 nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1; 5536 } 5537 copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol; 5538 needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1) 5539 - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1; 5540 if (new_start == NULL) 5541 { 5542 /* 5543 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the 5544 * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid 5545 * too many calls to alloc()/free()). 5546 */ 5547 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; 5548 if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) 5549 goto outofmem; 5550 *new_start = NUL; 5551 new_end = new_start; 5552 } 5553 else 5554 { 5555 /* 5556 * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the 5557 * substitution into. If not, make it larger (with a bit 5558 * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()). 5559 */ 5560 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start); 5561 needed_len += len; 5562 if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len) 5563 { 5564 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; 5565 if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) 5566 { 5567 vim_free(new_start); 5568 goto outofmem; 5569 } 5570 mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1)); 5571 vim_free(new_start); 5572 new_start = p1; 5573 } 5574 new_end = new_start + len; 5575 } 5576 5577 /* 5578 * copy the text up to the part that matched 5579 */ 5580 mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len); 5581 new_end += copy_len; 5582 5583 (void)vim_regsub_multi(®match, 5584 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, 5585 sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE); 5586 sub_nsubs++; 5587 did_sub = TRUE; 5588 5589 /* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it 5590 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */ 5591 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5592 5593 /* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched 5594 * line and continue in that one. */ 5595 if (nmatch > 1) 5596 { 5597 sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1; 5598 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5599 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); 5600 /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */ 5601 if (sub_firstlnum <= line2) 5602 do_again = TRUE; 5603 else 5604 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 5605 } 5606 5607 /* Remember next character to be copied. */ 5608 copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 5609 5610 if (skip_match) 5611 { 5612 /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one 5613 * less than what it ought to be. */ 5614 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5615 sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); 5616 copycol = 0; 5617 } 5618 5619 /* 5620 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line 5621 * break. This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in 5622 * the text. The line break can be avoided by preceding the 5623 * CTRL-M with a backslash. To be able to insert a backslash, 5624 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here. 5625 * That is Vi compatible. 5626 */ 5627 for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1) 5628 { 5629 if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL) /* remove backslash */ 5630 STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1); 5631 else if (*p1 == CAR) 5632 { 5633 if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK) /* prepare for undo */ 5634 { 5635 *p1 = NUL; /* truncate up to the CR */ 5636 ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start, 5637 (colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1), FALSE); 5638 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); 5639 if (subflags.do_ask) 5640 appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L); 5641 else 5642 { 5643 if (first_line == 0) 5644 first_line = lnum; 5645 last_line = lnum + 1; 5646 } 5647 /* All line numbers increase. */ 5648 ++sub_firstlnum; 5649 ++lnum; 5650 ++line2; 5651 /* move the cursor to the new line, like Vi */ 5652 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5653 /* copy the rest */ 5654 STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1); 5655 p1 = new_start - 1; 5656 } 5657 } 5658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5659 else if (has_mbyte) 5660 p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1; 5661 #endif 5662 } 5663 5664 /* 5665 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match. 5666 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty 5667 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g. 5668 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK. 5669 */ 5670 skip: 5671 /* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at 5672 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like 5673 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL. "lnum" can be below 5674 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line 5675 * break. */ 5676 lastone = (skip_match 5677 || got_int 5678 || got_quit 5679 || lnum > line2 5680 || !(subflags.do_all || do_again) 5681 || (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1 5682 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog))); 5683 nmatch = -1; 5684 5685 /* 5686 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed. This is 5687 * skipped when there are more matches. 5688 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line 5689 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another 5690 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work. 5691 * When the match starts below where we start searching also 5692 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n). 5693 */ 5694 if (lastone 5695 || nmatch_tl > 0 5696 || (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, 5697 curbuf, sub_firstlnum, 5698 matchcol, NULL, NULL)) == 0 5699 || regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) 5700 { 5701 if (new_start != NULL) 5702 { 5703 /* 5704 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match. 5705 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of 5706 * the line as reference, because the substitute may 5707 * have changed the number of characters. Same for 5708 * "prev_matchcol". 5709 */ 5710 STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol); 5711 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; 5712 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) 5713 - prev_matchcol; 5714 5715 if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK) 5716 break; 5717 ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE); 5718 5719 if (nmatch_tl > 0) 5720 { 5721 /* 5722 * Matched lines have now been substituted and are 5723 * useless, delete them. The part after the match 5724 * has been appended to new_start, we don't need 5725 * it in the buffer. 5726 */ 5727 ++lnum; 5728 if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK) 5729 break; 5730 for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i) 5731 ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE); 5732 mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1, 5733 (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl); 5734 if (subflags.do_ask) 5735 deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl); 5736 --lnum; 5737 line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */ 5738 nmatch_tl = 0; 5739 } 5740 5741 /* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set 5742 * changed flag each time. */ 5743 if (subflags.do_ask) 5744 changed_bytes(lnum, 0); 5745 else 5746 { 5747 if (first_line == 0) 5748 first_line = lnum; 5749 last_line = lnum + 1; 5750 } 5751 5752 sub_firstlnum = lnum; 5753 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the temp buffer */ 5754 sub_firstline = new_start; 5755 new_start = NULL; 5756 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; 5757 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) 5758 - prev_matchcol; 5759 copycol = 0; 5760 } 5761 if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone) 5762 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, 5763 sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL, NULL); 5764 5765 /* 5766 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line 5767 */ 5768 if (nmatch <= 0) 5769 { 5770 /* If the match found didn't start where we were 5771 * searching, do the next search in the line where we 5772 * found the match. */ 5773 if (nmatch == -1) 5774 lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5775 break; 5776 } 5777 } 5778 5779 line_breakcheck(); 5780 } 5781 5782 if (did_sub) 5783 ++sub_nlines; 5784 vim_free(new_start); /* for when substitute was cancelled */ 5785 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the copy of the original line */ 5786 sub_firstline = NULL; 5787 } 5788 5789 line_breakcheck(); 5790 } 5791 5792 if (first_line != 0) 5793 { 5794 /* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get 5795 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of 5796 * deleted lines). */ 5797 i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; 5798 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i); 5799 } 5800 5801 outofmem: 5802 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */ 5803 5804 /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */ 5805 if (subflags.do_count) 5806 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; 5807 5808 if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs) 5809 { 5810 /* Set the '[ and '] marks. */ 5811 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1; 5812 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 5813 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 5814 5815 if (!global_busy) 5816 { 5817 /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */ 5818 if (!subflags.do_ask) 5819 { 5820 if (endcolumn) 5821 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 5822 else 5823 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 5824 } 5825 if (!do_sub_msg(subflags.do_count) && subflags.do_ask) 5826 MSG(""); 5827 } 5828 else 5829 global_need_beginline = TRUE; 5830 if (subflags.do_print) 5831 print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 5832 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list); 5833 } 5834 else if (!global_busy) 5835 { 5836 if (got_int) /* interrupted */ 5837 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 5838 else if (got_match) /* did find something but nothing substituted */ 5839 MSG(""); 5840 else if (subflags.do_error) /* nothing found */ 5841 EMSG2(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat()); 5842 } 5843 5844 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5845 if (subflags.do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 5846 /* Cursor position may require updating */ 5847 changed_window_setting(); 5848 #endif 5849 5850 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 5851 5852 /* Restore the flag values, they can be used for ":&&". */ 5853 subflags.do_all = save_do_all; 5854 subflags.do_ask = save_do_ask; 5855 } 5856 5857 /* 5858 * Give message for number of substitutions. 5859 * Can also be used after a ":global" command. 5860 * Return TRUE if a message was given. 5861 */ 5862 int 5863 do_sub_msg( 5864 int count_only) /* used 'n' flag for ":s" */ 5865 { 5866 /* 5867 * Only report substitutions when: 5868 * - more than 'report' substitutions 5869 * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report' 5870 * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw' 5871 */ 5872 if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1)) 5873 || count_only) 5874 && messaging()) 5875 { 5876 if (got_int) 5877 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) ")); 5878 else 5879 *msg_buf = NUL; 5880 if (sub_nsubs == 1) 5881 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5882 "%s", count_only ? _("1 match") : _("1 substitution")); 5883 else 5884 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5885 count_only ? _("%ld matches") : _("%ld substitutions"), 5886 sub_nsubs); 5887 if (sub_nlines == 1) 5888 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5889 "%s", _(" on 1 line")); 5890 else 5891 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5892 _(" on %ld lines"), (long)sub_nlines); 5893 if (msg(msg_buf)) 5894 /* save message to display it after redraw */ 5895 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); 5896 return TRUE; 5897 } 5898 if (got_int) 5899 { 5900 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 5901 return TRUE; 5902 } 5903 return FALSE; 5904 } 5905 5906 static void 5907 global_exe_one(char_u *cmd, linenr_T lnum) 5908 { 5909 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 5910 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5911 if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n') 5912 do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); 5913 else 5914 do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); 5915 } 5916 5917 /* 5918 * Execute a global command of the form: 5919 * 5920 * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches 5921 * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match 5922 * 5923 * where 'X' is an EX command 5924 * 5925 * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and 5926 * is assumed to be 'p' if missing. 5927 * 5928 * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and 5929 * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command 5930 * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting 5931 * lines we do not know where to search for the next match. 5932 */ 5933 void 5934 ex_global(exarg_T *eap) 5935 { 5936 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ 5937 int ndone = 0; 5938 int type; /* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */ 5939 char_u *cmd; /* command argument */ 5940 5941 char_u delim; /* delimiter, normally '/' */ 5942 char_u *pat; 5943 regmmatch_T regmatch; 5944 int match; 5945 int which_pat; 5946 5947 /* When nesting the command works on one line. This allows for 5948 * ":g/found/v/notfound/command". */ 5949 if (global_busy && (eap->line1 != 1 5950 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)) 5951 { 5952 /* will increment global_busy to break out of the loop */ 5953 EMSG(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive with a range")); 5954 return; 5955 } 5956 5957 if (eap->forceit) /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */ 5958 type = 'v'; 5959 else 5960 type = *eap->cmd; 5961 cmd = eap->arg; 5962 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* default: use last used regexp */ 5963 5964 /* 5965 * undocumented vi feature: 5966 * "\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern. 5967 * "\&": use previous substitute pattern. 5968 */ 5969 if (*cmd == '\\') 5970 { 5971 ++cmd; 5972 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) 5973 { 5974 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); 5975 return; 5976 } 5977 if (*cmd == '&') 5978 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use previous substitute pattern */ 5979 else 5980 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use previous search pattern */ 5981 ++cmd; 5982 pat = (char_u *)""; 5983 } 5984 else if (*cmd == NUL) 5985 { 5986 EMSG(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global")); 5987 return; 5988 } 5989 else 5990 { 5991 delim = *cmd; /* get the delimiter */ 5992 if (delim) 5993 ++cmd; /* skip delimiter if there is one */ 5994 pat = cmd; /* remember start of pattern */ 5995 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg); 5996 if (cmd[0] == delim) /* end delimiter found */ 5997 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 5998 } 5999 6000 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* when in Farsi mode, reverse the character flow */ 6001 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) 6002 lrFswap(pat,0); 6003 #endif 6004 6005 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) 6006 { 6007 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); 6008 return; 6009 } 6010 6011 if (global_busy) 6012 { 6013 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6014 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 6015 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 6016 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) 6017 global_exe_one(cmd, lnum); 6018 } 6019 else 6020 { 6021 /* 6022 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line 6023 */ 6024 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum) 6025 { 6026 /* a match on this line? */ 6027 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 6028 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 6029 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) 6030 { 6031 ml_setmarked(lnum); 6032 ndone++; 6033 } 6034 line_breakcheck(); 6035 } 6036 6037 /* 6038 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked 6039 */ 6040 if (got_int) 6041 MSG(_(e_interr)); 6042 else if (ndone == 0) 6043 { 6044 if (type == 'v') 6045 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat); 6046 else 6047 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat); 6048 } 6049 else 6050 { 6051 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6052 start_global_changes(); 6053 #endif 6054 global_exe(cmd); 6055 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6056 end_global_changes(); 6057 #endif 6058 } 6059 6060 ml_clearmarked(); /* clear rest of the marks */ 6061 } 6062 6063 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 6064 } 6065 6066 /* 6067 * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked(). 6068 */ 6069 void 6070 global_exe(char_u *cmd) 6071 { 6072 linenr_T old_lcount; /* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */ 6073 buf_T *old_buf = curbuf; /* remember what buffer we started in */ 6074 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ 6075 6076 /* 6077 * Set current position only once for a global command. 6078 * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything. 6079 * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented. 6080 */ 6081 setpcmark(); 6082 6083 /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */ 6084 msg_didout = TRUE; 6085 6086 sub_nsubs = 0; 6087 sub_nlines = 0; 6088 global_need_beginline = FALSE; 6089 global_busy = 1; 6090 old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6091 while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1) 6092 { 6093 global_exe_one(cmd, lnum); 6094 ui_breakcheck(); 6095 } 6096 6097 global_busy = 0; 6098 if (global_need_beginline) 6099 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 6100 else 6101 check_cursor(); /* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */ 6102 6103 /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous 6104 * line may move it on the screen */ 6105 changed_line_abv_curs(); 6106 6107 /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the 6108 * command with the report for number of changes. */ 6109 if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0) 6110 msg_didout = FALSE; 6111 6112 /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report 6113 * number of extra or deleted lines. 6114 * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer 6115 * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */ 6116 if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf) 6117 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); 6118 } 6119 6120 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 6121 int 6122 read_viminfo_sub_string(vir_T *virp, int force) 6123 { 6124 if (force) 6125 vim_free(old_sub); 6126 if (force || old_sub == NULL) 6127 old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); 6128 return viminfo_readline(virp); 6129 } 6130 6131 void 6132 write_viminfo_sub_string(FILE *fp) 6133 { 6134 if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL) 6135 { 6136 fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp); 6137 viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub); 6138 } 6139 } 6140 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ 6141 6142 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 6143 void 6144 free_old_sub(void) 6145 { 6146 vim_free(old_sub); 6147 } 6148 #endif 6149 6150 #if (defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)) || defined(PROTO) 6151 /* 6152 * Set up for a tagpreview. 6153 * Return TRUE when it was created. 6154 */ 6155 int 6156 prepare_tagpreview( 6157 int undo_sync) /* sync undo when leaving the window */ 6158 { 6159 win_T *wp; 6160 6161 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6162 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; 6163 # endif 6164 6165 /* 6166 * If there is already a preview window open, use that one. 6167 */ 6168 if (!curwin->w_p_pvw) 6169 { 6170 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6171 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6172 break; 6173 if (wp != NULL) 6174 win_enter(wp, undo_sync); 6175 else 6176 { 6177 /* 6178 * There is no preview window open yet. Create one. 6179 */ 6180 if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0) 6181 == FAIL) 6182 return FALSE; 6183 curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE; 6184 curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE; 6185 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* don't take over 'scrollbind' 6186 and 'cursorbind' */ 6187 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6188 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* no 'diff' */ 6189 # endif 6190 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6191 curwin->w_p_fdc = 0; /* no 'foldcolumn' */ 6192 # endif 6193 return TRUE; 6194 } 6195 } 6196 return FALSE; 6197 } 6198 6199 #endif 6200 6201 6202 /* 6203 * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file 6204 */ 6205 void 6206 ex_help(exarg_T *eap) 6207 { 6208 char_u *arg; 6209 char_u *tag; 6210 FILE *helpfd; /* file descriptor of help file */ 6211 int n; 6212 int i; 6213 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6214 win_T *wp; 6215 #endif 6216 int num_matches; 6217 char_u **matches; 6218 char_u *p; 6219 int empty_fnum = 0; 6220 int alt_fnum = 0; 6221 buf_T *buf; 6222 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6223 int len; 6224 char_u *lang; 6225 #endif 6226 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6227 int old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped; 6228 #endif 6229 6230 if (eap != NULL) 6231 { 6232 /* 6233 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is 6234 * followed by some text. Set nextcmd to the following command. 6235 */ 6236 for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg) 6237 { 6238 if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r' 6239 || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|')) 6240 { 6241 *arg++ = NUL; 6242 eap->nextcmd = arg; 6243 break; 6244 } 6245 } 6246 arg = eap->arg; 6247 6248 if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help) 6249 { 6250 EMSG(_("E478: Don't panic!")); 6251 return; 6252 } 6253 6254 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands */ 6255 return; 6256 } 6257 else 6258 arg = (char_u *)""; 6259 6260 /* remove trailing blanks */ 6261 p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1; 6262 while (p > arg && VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && p[-1] != '\\') 6263 *p-- = NUL; 6264 6265 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6266 /* Check for a specified language */ 6267 lang = check_help_lang(arg); 6268 #endif 6269 6270 /* When no argument given go to the index. */ 6271 if (*arg == NUL) 6272 arg = (char_u *)"help.txt"; 6273 6274 /* 6275 * Check if there is a match for the argument. 6276 */ 6277 n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches, 6278 eap != NULL && eap->forceit); 6279 6280 i = 0; 6281 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6282 if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL) 6283 /* Find first item with the requested language. */ 6284 for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i) 6285 { 6286 len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]); 6287 if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@' 6288 && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0) 6289 break; 6290 } 6291 #endif 6292 if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL) 6293 { 6294 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6295 if (lang != NULL) 6296 EMSG3(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg); 6297 else 6298 #endif 6299 EMSG2(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg); 6300 if (n != FAIL) 6301 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 6302 return; 6303 } 6304 6305 /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */ 6306 tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]); 6307 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 6308 6309 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6310 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; 6311 #endif 6312 6313 /* 6314 * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one. 6315 * Always open a new one for ":tab help". 6316 */ 6317 if (!bt_help(curwin->w_buffer) 6318 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6319 || cmdmod.tab != 0 6320 #endif 6321 ) 6322 { 6323 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6324 if (cmdmod.tab != 0) 6325 wp = NULL; 6326 else 6327 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6328 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 6329 break; 6330 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0) 6331 win_enter(wp, TRUE); 6332 else 6333 #endif 6334 { 6335 /* 6336 * There is no help window yet. 6337 * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option. 6338 */ 6339 if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL) 6340 { 6341 smsg((char_u *)_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf); 6342 goto erret; 6343 } 6344 fclose(helpfd); 6345 6346 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6347 /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position 6348 * specified, the current window is vertically split and 6349 * narrow. */ 6350 n = WSP_HELP; 6351 if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns 6352 && curwin->w_width < 80) 6353 n |= WSP_TOP; 6354 if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL) 6355 goto erret; 6356 #else 6357 /* use current window */ 6358 if (!can_abandon(curbuf, FALSE)) 6359 goto erret; 6360 #endif 6361 6362 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6363 if (curwin->w_height < p_hh) 6364 win_setheight((int)p_hh); 6365 #endif 6366 6367 /* 6368 * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will 6369 * set b_p_ro flag). 6370 * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file. 6371 */ 6372 alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 6373 (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL, 6374 ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP, 6375 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6376 NULL /* buffer is still open, don't store info */ 6377 #else 6378 curwin 6379 #endif 6380 ); 6381 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) 6382 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; 6383 empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 6384 } 6385 } 6386 6387 if (!p_im) 6388 restart_edit = 0; /* don't want insert mode in help file */ 6389 6390 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6391 /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it. 6392 * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */ 6393 KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped; 6394 #endif 6395 6396 if (tag != NULL) 6397 do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE); 6398 6399 /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it. Careful: autocommands 6400 * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a 6401 * window. */ 6402 if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum) 6403 { 6404 buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum); 6405 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0) 6406 wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE); 6407 } 6408 6409 /* keep the previous alternate file */ 6410 if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt) 6411 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; 6412 6413 erret: 6414 vim_free(tag); 6415 } 6416 6417 /* 6418 * ":helpclose": Close one help window 6419 */ 6420 void 6421 ex_helpclose(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 6422 { 6423 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 6424 win_T *win; 6425 6426 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win) 6427 { 6428 if (bt_help(win->w_buffer)) 6429 { 6430 win_close(win, FALSE); 6431 return; 6432 } 6433 } 6434 #endif 6435 } 6436 6437 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO) 6438 /* 6439 * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx". 6440 * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx". 6441 * Returns NULL if not found. 6442 */ 6443 char_u * 6444 check_help_lang(char_u *arg) 6445 { 6446 int len = (int)STRLEN(arg); 6447 6448 if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2]) 6449 && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1])) 6450 { 6451 arg[len - 3] = NUL; /* remove the '@' */ 6452 return arg + len - 2; 6453 } 6454 return NULL; 6455 } 6456 #endif 6457 6458 /* 6459 * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches. The 6460 * smaller the number, the better the match. This is the order of priorities, 6461 * from best match to worst match: 6462 * - Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better. 6463 * - Match with least total characters is better. 6464 * - Match towards the start is better. 6465 * - Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command) 6466 * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to 6467 * match some string for which help is requested. webb. 6468 */ 6469 int 6470 help_heuristic( 6471 char_u *matched_string, 6472 int offset, /* offset for match */ 6473 int wrong_case) /* no matching case */ 6474 { 6475 int num_letters; 6476 char_u *p; 6477 6478 num_letters = 0; 6479 for (p = matched_string; *p; p++) 6480 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p)) 6481 num_letters++; 6482 6483 /* 6484 * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger 6485 * weighting than the number of characters. 6486 * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000. 6487 * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it 6488 * somewhere in the last half. 6489 * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to 6490 * put it after matches at the start. 6491 */ 6492 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0 6493 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1])) 6494 offset += 10000; 6495 else if (offset > 2) 6496 offset *= 200; 6497 if (wrong_case) 6498 offset += 5000; 6499 /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+" 6500 * alone is not a feature. */ 6501 if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL) 6502 offset += 100; 6503 return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset); 6504 } 6505 6506 /* 6507 * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number 6508 * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags(). 6509 */ 6510 static int 6511 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 6512 _RTLENTRYF 6513 #endif 6514 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2) 6515 { 6516 char *p1; 6517 char *p2; 6518 6519 p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1; 6520 p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1; 6521 return strcmp(p1, p2); 6522 } 6523 6524 /* 6525 * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with 6526 * the number of matches in num_matches. 6527 * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm. 6528 * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer. 6529 */ 6530 int 6531 find_help_tags( 6532 char_u *arg, 6533 int *num_matches, 6534 char_u ***matches, 6535 int keep_lang) 6536 { 6537 char_u *s, *d; 6538 int i; 6539 static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*", 6540 "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**", 6541 "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)", 6542 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", 6543 "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=", 6544 "[count]", "[quotex]", 6545 "[range]", ":[range]", 6546 "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$", 6547 "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L", 6548 "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"}; 6549 static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star", 6550 "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar", 6551 "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)", 6552 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", 6553 "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=", 6554 "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]", 6555 "\\[range]", ":\\[range]", 6556 "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$", 6557 "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L", 6558 "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"}; 6559 int flags; 6560 6561 d = IObuff; /* assume IObuff is long enough! */ 6562 6563 /* 6564 * Recognize a few exceptions to the rule. Some strings that contain '*' 6565 * with "star". Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard. 6566 */ 6567 for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) 6568 if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0) 6569 { 6570 STRCPY(d, rtable[i]); 6571 break; 6572 } 6573 6574 if (i < 0) /* no match in table */ 6575 { 6576 /* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc. Otherwise every tag is matched. 6577 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too. 6578 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc. 6579 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc. 6580 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */ 6581 if (arg[0] == '\\' 6582 && ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL) 6583 || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL 6584 && arg[2] != NUL))) 6585 { 6586 STRCPY(d, "/\\\\"); 6587 STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1); 6588 /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */ 6589 if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$') 6590 STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$"); 6591 } 6592 else 6593 { 6594 /* Replace: 6595 * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]" 6596 * "[++...]" with "\[++...]" 6597 * "\{" with "\\{" -- matching "} \}" 6598 */ 6599 if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':' 6600 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+'))) 6601 || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{')) 6602 *d++ = '\\'; 6603 6604 /* 6605 * If tag starts with "('", skip the "(". Fixes CTRL-] on ('option'. 6606 */ 6607 if (*arg == '(' && arg[1] == '\'') 6608 arg++; 6609 for (s = arg; *s; ++s) 6610 { 6611 /* 6612 * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of 6613 * the tags for these commands. 6614 * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line 6615 * completion. 6616 * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their 6617 * special meaning. 6618 */ 6619 if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10) /* getting too long!? */ 6620 break; 6621 switch (*s) 6622 { 6623 case '|': STRCPY(d, "bar"); 6624 d += 3; 6625 continue; 6626 case '"': STRCPY(d, "quote"); 6627 d += 5; 6628 continue; 6629 case '*': *d++ = '.'; 6630 break; 6631 case '?': *d++ = '.'; 6632 continue; 6633 case '$': 6634 case '.': 6635 case '~': *d++ = '\\'; 6636 break; 6637 } 6638 6639 /* 6640 * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make 6641 * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work. 6642 * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable. 6643 */ 6644 if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1]) 6645 || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL))) 6646 { 6647 if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\') 6648 *d++ = '_'; /* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */ 6649 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-"); 6650 d += 5; 6651 if (*s < ' ') 6652 { 6653 #ifdef EBCDIC 6654 *d++ = CtrlChar(*s); 6655 #else 6656 *d++ = *s + '@'; 6657 #endif 6658 if (d[-1] == '\\') 6659 *d++ = '\\'; /* double a backslash */ 6660 } 6661 else 6662 *d++ = *++s; 6663 if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_') 6664 *d++ = '_'; /* append a '_' */ 6665 continue; 6666 } 6667 else if (*s == '^') /* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */ 6668 *d++ = '\\'; 6669 6670 /* 6671 * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search 6672 * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|". 6673 */ 6674 else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\' 6675 && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1) 6676 *d++ = '\\'; 6677 6678 /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in 6679 * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */ 6680 if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0) 6681 { 6682 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\"); 6683 d += 7; 6684 s += 6; 6685 } 6686 6687 *d++ = *s; 6688 6689 /* 6690 * If tag contains "({" or "([", tag terminates at the "(". 6691 * This is for help on functions, e.g.: abs({expr}). 6692 */ 6693 if (*s == '(' && (s[1] == '{' || s[1] =='[')) 6694 break; 6695 6696 /* 6697 * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes 6698 * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.'). 6699 */ 6700 if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'') 6701 break; 6702 /* Also '{' and '}'. */ 6703 if (*s == '}' && s > arg && *arg == '{') 6704 break; 6705 } 6706 *d = NUL; 6707 6708 if (*IObuff == '`') 6709 { 6710 if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`') 6711 { 6712 /* remove the backticks from `command` */ 6713 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6714 d[-2] = NUL; 6715 } 6716 else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',') 6717 { 6718 /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */ 6719 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6720 d[-3] = NUL; 6721 } 6722 else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`' 6723 && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.') 6724 { 6725 /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */ 6726 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6727 d[-4] = NUL; 6728 } 6729 } 6730 } 6731 } 6732 6733 *matches = (char_u **)""; 6734 *num_matches = 0; 6735 flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE; 6736 if (keep_lang) 6737 flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG; 6738 if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK 6739 && *num_matches > 0) 6740 { 6741 /* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the 6742 * tag name. */ 6743 qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches, 6744 sizeof(char_u *), help_compare); 6745 /* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */ 6746 while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY) 6747 vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]); 6748 } 6749 return OK; 6750 } 6751 6752 /* 6753 * Called when starting to edit a buffer for a help file. 6754 */ 6755 static void 6756 prepare_help_buffer(void) 6757 { 6758 char_u *p; 6759 6760 curbuf->b_help = TRUE; 6761 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6762 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1, 6763 (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6764 #endif 6765 6766 /* 6767 * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the 6768 * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way. 6769 * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and 6770 * latin1 word characters (for translated help files). 6771 * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work. 6772 */ 6773 p = 6774 #ifdef EBCDIC 6775 (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\""; 6776 #else 6777 (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255"; 6778 #endif 6779 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0) 6780 { 6781 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6782 check_buf_options(curbuf); 6783 (void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE); 6784 } 6785 6786 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6787 /* Don't use the global foldmethod.*/ 6788 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fdm", -1, (char_u *)"manual", 6789 OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6790 #endif 6791 6792 curbuf->b_p_ts = 8; /* 'tabstop' is 8 */ 6793 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; /* no list mode */ 6794 6795 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; /* not modifiable */ 6796 curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE; /* reset 'bin' before reading file */ 6797 curwin->w_p_nu = 0; /* no line numbers */ 6798 curwin->w_p_rnu = 0; /* no relative line numbers */ 6799 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* no scroll or cursor binding */ 6800 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 6801 curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE; /* no arabic mode */ 6802 #endif 6803 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6804 curwin->w_p_rl = FALSE; /* help window is left-to-right */ 6805 #endif 6806 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6807 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; /* No folding in the help window */ 6808 #endif 6809 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6810 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* No 'diff' */ 6811 #endif 6812 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6813 curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE; /* No spell checking */ 6814 #endif 6815 6816 set_buflisted(FALSE); 6817 } 6818 6819 /* 6820 * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax 6821 * highlighting is not used. 6822 */ 6823 void 6824 fix_help_buffer(void) 6825 { 6826 linenr_T lnum; 6827 char_u *line; 6828 int in_example = FALSE; 6829 int len; 6830 char_u *fname; 6831 char_u *p; 6832 char_u *rt; 6833 int mustfree; 6834 6835 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 6836 /* Set filetype to "help" if still needed. */ 6837 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_ft, "help") != 0) 6838 { 6839 ++curbuf_lock; 6840 set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL); 6841 --curbuf_lock; 6842 } 6843 #endif 6844 6845 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 6846 if (!syntax_present(curwin)) 6847 #endif 6848 { 6849 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) 6850 { 6851 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); 6852 len = (int)STRLEN(line); 6853 if (in_example && len > 0 && !VIM_ISWHITE(line[0])) 6854 { 6855 /* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */ 6856 if (line[0] == '<') 6857 { 6858 /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */ 6859 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6860 line[0] = ' '; 6861 } 6862 in_example = FALSE; 6863 } 6864 if (!in_example && len > 0) 6865 { 6866 if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' ')) 6867 { 6868 /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */ 6869 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6870 line[len - 1] = ' '; 6871 in_example = TRUE; 6872 } 6873 else if (line[len - 1] == '~') 6874 { 6875 /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */ 6876 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6877 line[len - 1] = ' '; 6878 } 6879 } 6880 } 6881 } 6882 6883 /* 6884 * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help 6885 * files. This uses the very first line in the help file. 6886 */ 6887 fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname); 6888 if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0 6889 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6890 || (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0 6891 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5]) 6892 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6]) 6893 && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x' 6894 && fname[8] == NUL) 6895 #endif 6896 ) 6897 { 6898 for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) 6899 { 6900 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); 6901 if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL) 6902 continue; 6903 6904 /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping 6905 * $VIMRUNTIME. */ 6906 p = p_rtp; 6907 while (*p != NUL) 6908 { 6909 copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ","); 6910 mustfree = FALSE; 6911 rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree); 6912 if (fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME) 6913 { 6914 int fcount; 6915 char_u **fnames; 6916 FILE *fd; 6917 char_u *s; 6918 int fi; 6919 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6920 vimconv_T vc; 6921 char_u *cp; 6922 #endif 6923 6924 /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */ 6925 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 6926 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6927 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]"); 6928 #else 6929 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt"); 6930 #endif 6931 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount, 6932 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK 6933 && fcount > 0) 6934 { 6935 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6936 int i1; 6937 int i2; 6938 char_u *f1; 6939 char_u *f2; 6940 char_u *t1; 6941 char_u *e1; 6942 char_u *e2; 6943 6944 /* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in 6945 * the same directory. */ 6946 for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1) 6947 { 6948 for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2) 6949 { 6950 if (i1 == i2) 6951 continue; 6952 if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL) 6953 continue; 6954 f1 = fnames[i1]; 6955 f2 = fnames[i2]; 6956 t1 = gettail(f1); 6957 if (fnamencmp(f1, f2, t1 - f1) != 0) 6958 continue; 6959 e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.'); 6960 e2 = vim_strrchr(gettail(f2), '.'); 6961 if (e1 == NULL || e2 == NULL) 6962 continue; 6963 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0 6964 && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0) 6965 { 6966 /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */ 6967 vim_free(fnames[i1]); 6968 fnames[i1] = NULL; 6969 continue; 6970 } 6971 if (fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0) 6972 continue; 6973 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0 6974 && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0) 6975 { 6976 /* use .abx instead of .txt */ 6977 vim_free(fnames[i1]); 6978 fnames[i1] = NULL; 6979 } 6980 } 6981 } 6982 #endif 6983 for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi) 6984 { 6985 if (fnames[fi] == NULL) 6986 continue; 6987 fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r"); 6988 if (fd != NULL) 6989 { 6990 vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd); 6991 if (IObuff[0] == '*' 6992 && (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*')) 6993 != NULL) 6994 { 6995 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6996 int this_utf = MAYBE; 6997 #endif 6998 /* Change tag definition to a 6999 * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */ 7000 IObuff[0] = '|'; 7001 *s = '|'; 7002 while (*s != NUL) 7003 { 7004 if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n') 7005 *s = NUL; 7006 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7007 /* The text is utf-8 when a byte 7008 * above 127 is found and no 7009 * illegal byte sequence is found. 7010 */ 7011 if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE) 7012 { 7013 int l; 7014 7015 this_utf = TRUE; 7016 l = utf_ptr2len(s); 7017 if (l == 1) 7018 this_utf = FALSE; 7019 s += l - 1; 7020 } 7021 #endif 7022 ++s; 7023 } 7024 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7025 /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8; 7026 * conversion to the current 7027 * 'encoding' may be required. */ 7028 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; 7029 convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)( 7030 this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8" 7031 : "latin1"), p_enc); 7032 if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE) 7033 /* No conversion needed. */ 7034 cp = IObuff; 7035 else 7036 { 7037 /* Do the conversion. If it fails 7038 * use the unconverted text. */ 7039 cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff, 7040 NULL); 7041 if (cp == NULL) 7042 cp = IObuff; 7043 } 7044 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); 7045 7046 ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 7047 if (cp != IObuff) 7048 vim_free(cp); 7049 #else 7050 ml_append(lnum, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, 7051 FALSE); 7052 #endif 7053 ++lnum; 7054 } 7055 fclose(fd); 7056 } 7057 } 7058 FreeWild(fcount, fnames); 7059 } 7060 } 7061 if (mustfree) 7062 vim_free(rt); 7063 } 7064 break; 7065 } 7066 } 7067 } 7068 7069 /* 7070 * ":exusage" 7071 */ 7072 void 7073 ex_exusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 7074 { 7075 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index"); 7076 } 7077 7078 /* 7079 * ":viusage" 7080 */ 7081 void 7082 ex_viusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 7083 { 7084 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index"); 7085 } 7086 7087 /* 7088 * Generate tags in one help directory. 7089 */ 7090 static void 7091 helptags_one( 7092 char_u *dir, /* doc directory */ 7093 char_u *ext, /* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */ 7094 char_u *tagfname, /* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */ 7095 int add_help_tags) /* add "help-tags" tag */ 7096 { 7097 FILE *fd_tags; 7098 FILE *fd; 7099 garray_T ga; 7100 int filecount; 7101 char_u **files; 7102 char_u *p1, *p2; 7103 int fi; 7104 char_u *s; 7105 int i; 7106 char_u *fname; 7107 int dirlen; 7108 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7109 int utf8 = MAYBE; 7110 int this_utf8; 7111 int firstline; 7112 int mix = FALSE; /* detected mixed encodings */ 7113 # endif 7114 7115 /* 7116 * Find all *.txt files. 7117 */ 7118 dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir); 7119 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); 7120 STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*"); 7121 STRCAT(NameBuff, ext); 7122 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, 7123 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL 7124 || filecount == 0) 7125 { 7126 if (!got_int) 7127 EMSG2(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff); 7128 return; 7129 } 7130 7131 /* 7132 * Open the tags file for writing. 7133 * Do this before scanning through all the files. 7134 */ 7135 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); 7136 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 7137 STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname); 7138 fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w"); 7139 if (fd_tags == NULL) 7140 { 7141 EMSG2(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff); 7142 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7143 return; 7144 } 7145 7146 /* 7147 * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc" 7148 * add the "help-tags" tag. 7149 */ 7150 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); 7151 if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc", 7152 dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME) 7153 { 7154 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) 7155 got_int = TRUE; 7156 else 7157 { 7158 s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname)); 7159 if (s == NULL) 7160 got_int = TRUE; 7161 else 7162 { 7163 sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname); 7164 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; 7165 ++ga.ga_len; 7166 } 7167 } 7168 } 7169 7170 /* 7171 * Go over all the files and extract the tags. 7172 */ 7173 for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi) 7174 { 7175 fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r"); 7176 if (fd == NULL) 7177 { 7178 EMSG2(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]); 7179 continue; 7180 } 7181 fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1; 7182 7183 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7184 firstline = TRUE; 7185 # endif 7186 while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int) 7187 { 7188 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7189 if (firstline) 7190 { 7191 /* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */ 7192 this_utf8 = MAYBE; 7193 for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s) 7194 if (*s >= 0x80) 7195 { 7196 int l; 7197 7198 this_utf8 = TRUE; 7199 l = utf_ptr2len(s); 7200 if (l == 1) 7201 { 7202 /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */ 7203 this_utf8 = FALSE; 7204 break; 7205 } 7206 s += l - 1; 7207 } 7208 if (this_utf8 == MAYBE) /* only ASCII characters found */ 7209 this_utf8 = FALSE; 7210 if (utf8 == MAYBE) /* first file */ 7211 utf8 = this_utf8; 7212 else if (utf8 != this_utf8) 7213 { 7214 EMSG2(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]); 7215 mix = !got_int; 7216 got_int = TRUE; 7217 } 7218 firstline = FALSE; 7219 } 7220 # endif 7221 p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*'); /* find first '*' */ 7222 while (p1 != NULL) 7223 { 7224 /* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when 7225 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the 7226 * second byte. */ 7227 p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*'); /* find second '*' */ 7228 if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1) /* skip "*" and "**" */ 7229 { 7230 for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s) 7231 if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|') 7232 break; 7233 7234 /* 7235 * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid 7236 * characters, there is white space before it and is 7237 * followed by a white character or end-of-line. 7238 */ 7239 if (s == p2 7240 && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t') 7241 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL 7242 || s[1] == '\0')) 7243 { 7244 *p2 = '\0'; 7245 ++p1; 7246 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) 7247 { 7248 got_int = TRUE; 7249 break; 7250 } 7251 s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2)); 7252 if (s == NULL) 7253 { 7254 got_int = TRUE; 7255 break; 7256 } 7257 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; 7258 ++ga.ga_len; 7259 sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname); 7260 7261 /* find next '*' */ 7262 p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*'); 7263 } 7264 } 7265 p1 = p2; 7266 } 7267 line_breakcheck(); 7268 } 7269 7270 fclose(fd); 7271 } 7272 7273 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7274 7275 if (!got_int) 7276 { 7277 /* 7278 * Sort the tags. 7279 */ 7280 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 7281 sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len); 7282 7283 /* 7284 * Check for duplicates. 7285 */ 7286 for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7287 { 7288 p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1]; 7289 p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; 7290 while (*p1 == *p2) 7291 { 7292 if (*p2 == '\t') 7293 { 7294 *p2 = NUL; 7295 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, 7296 _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"), 7297 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1); 7298 EMSG(NameBuff); 7299 *p2 = '\t'; 7300 break; 7301 } 7302 ++p1; 7303 ++p2; 7304 } 7305 } 7306 7307 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7308 if (utf8 == TRUE) 7309 fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n"); 7310 # endif 7311 7312 /* 7313 * Write the tags into the file. 7314 */ 7315 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7316 { 7317 s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; 7318 if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0) 7319 /* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */ 7320 fputs((char *)s, fd_tags); 7321 else 7322 { 7323 fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s); 7324 for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1) 7325 { 7326 /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */ 7327 if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/') 7328 putc('\\', fd_tags); 7329 putc(*p1, fd_tags); 7330 } 7331 fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n"); 7332 } 7333 } 7334 } 7335 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7336 if (mix) 7337 got_int = FALSE; /* continue with other languages */ 7338 #endif 7339 7340 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7341 vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]); 7342 ga_clear(&ga); 7343 fclose(fd_tags); /* there is no check for an error... */ 7344 } 7345 7346 /* 7347 * Generate tags in one help directory, taking care of translations. 7348 */ 7349 static void 7350 do_helptags(char_u *dirname, int add_help_tags) 7351 { 7352 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 7353 int len; 7354 int i, j; 7355 garray_T ga; 7356 char_u lang[2]; 7357 char_u ext[5]; 7358 char_u fname[8]; 7359 int filecount; 7360 char_u **files; 7361 7362 /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */ 7363 STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname); 7364 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 7365 STRCAT(NameBuff, "**"); 7366 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, 7367 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL 7368 || filecount == 0) 7369 { 7370 EMSG2(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff); 7371 return; 7372 } 7373 7374 /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are 7375 * present. */ 7376 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10); 7377 for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i) 7378 { 7379 len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]); 7380 if (len > 4) 7381 { 7382 if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0) 7383 { 7384 /* ".txt" -> language "en" */ 7385 lang[0] = 'e'; 7386 lang[1] = 'n'; 7387 } 7388 else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.' 7389 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3]) 7390 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2]) 7391 && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x') 7392 { 7393 /* ".abx" -> language "ab" */ 7394 lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]); 7395 lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]); 7396 } 7397 else 7398 continue; 7399 7400 /* Did we find this language already? */ 7401 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) 7402 if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0) 7403 break; 7404 if (j == ga.ga_len) 7405 { 7406 /* New language, add it. */ 7407 if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL) 7408 break; 7409 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0]; 7410 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1]; 7411 } 7412 } 7413 } 7414 7415 /* 7416 * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one. 7417 */ 7418 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) 7419 { 7420 STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx"); 7421 fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j]; 7422 fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1]; 7423 if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n') 7424 { 7425 /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */ 7426 fname[4] = NUL; 7427 STRCPY(ext, ".txt"); 7428 } 7429 else 7430 { 7431 /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */ 7432 STRCPY(ext, ".xxx"); 7433 ext[1] = fname[5]; 7434 ext[2] = fname[6]; 7435 } 7436 helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags); 7437 } 7438 7439 ga_clear(&ga); 7440 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7441 7442 #else 7443 /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */ 7444 helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags); 7445 #endif 7446 } 7447 7448 static void 7449 helptags_cb(char_u *fname, void *cookie) 7450 { 7451 do_helptags(fname, *(int *)cookie); 7452 } 7453 7454 /* 7455 * ":helptags" 7456 */ 7457 void 7458 ex_helptags(exarg_T *eap) 7459 { 7460 expand_T xpc; 7461 char_u *dirname; 7462 int add_help_tags = FALSE; 7463 7464 /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */ 7465 if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(eap->arg[3])) 7466 { 7467 add_help_tags = TRUE; 7468 eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3); 7469 } 7470 7471 if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "ALL") == 0) 7472 { 7473 do_in_path(p_rtp, (char_u *)"doc", DIP_ALL + DIP_DIR, 7474 helptags_cb, &add_help_tags); 7475 } 7476 else 7477 { 7478 ExpandInit(&xpc); 7479 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES; 7480 dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL, 7481 WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); 7482 if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname)) 7483 EMSG2(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg); 7484 else 7485 do_helptags(dirname, add_help_tags); 7486 vim_free(dirname); 7487 } 7488 } 7489 7490 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 7491 7492 /* 7493 * Struct to hold the sign properties. 7494 */ 7495 typedef struct sign sign_T; 7496 7497 struct sign 7498 { 7499 sign_T *sn_next; /* next sign in list */ 7500 int sn_typenr; /* type number of sign */ 7501 char_u *sn_name; /* name of sign */ 7502 char_u *sn_icon; /* name of pixmap */ 7503 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7504 void *sn_image; /* icon image */ 7505 # endif 7506 char_u *sn_text; /* text used instead of pixmap */ 7507 int sn_line_hl; /* highlight ID for line */ 7508 int sn_text_hl; /* highlight ID for text */ 7509 }; 7510 7511 static sign_T *first_sign = NULL; 7512 static int next_sign_typenr = 1; 7513 7514 static int sign_cmd_idx(char_u *begin_cmd, char_u *end_cmd); 7515 static void sign_list_defined(sign_T *sp); 7516 static void sign_undefine(sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev); 7517 7518 static char *cmds[] = { 7519 "define", 7520 # define SIGNCMD_DEFINE 0 7521 "undefine", 7522 # define SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE 1 7523 "list", 7524 # define SIGNCMD_LIST 2 7525 "place", 7526 # define SIGNCMD_PLACE 3 7527 "unplace", 7528 # define SIGNCMD_UNPLACE 4 7529 "jump", 7530 # define SIGNCMD_JUMP 5 7531 NULL 7532 # define SIGNCMD_LAST 6 7533 }; 7534 7535 /* 7536 * Find index of a ":sign" subcmd from its name. 7537 * "*end_cmd" must be writable. 7538 */ 7539 static int 7540 sign_cmd_idx( 7541 char_u *begin_cmd, /* begin of sign subcmd */ 7542 char_u *end_cmd) /* just after sign subcmd */ 7543 { 7544 int idx; 7545 char save = *end_cmd; 7546 7547 *end_cmd = NUL; 7548 for (idx = 0; ; ++idx) 7549 if (cmds[idx] == NULL || STRCMP(begin_cmd, cmds[idx]) == 0) 7550 break; 7551 *end_cmd = save; 7552 return idx; 7553 } 7554 7555 /* 7556 * ":sign" command 7557 */ 7558 void 7559 ex_sign(exarg_T *eap) 7560 { 7561 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 7562 char_u *p; 7563 int idx; 7564 sign_T *sp; 7565 sign_T *sp_prev; 7566 buf_T *buf; 7567 7568 /* Parse the subcommand. */ 7569 p = skiptowhite(arg); 7570 idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, p); 7571 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LAST) 7572 { 7573 EMSG2(_("E160: Unknown sign command: %s"), arg); 7574 return; 7575 } 7576 arg = skipwhite(p); 7577 7578 if (idx <= SIGNCMD_LIST) 7579 { 7580 /* 7581 * Define, undefine or list signs. 7582 */ 7583 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST && *arg == NUL) 7584 { 7585 /* ":sign list": list all defined signs */ 7586 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL && !got_int; sp = sp->sn_next) 7587 sign_list_defined(sp); 7588 } 7589 else if (*arg == NUL) 7590 EMSG(_("E156: Missing sign name")); 7591 else 7592 { 7593 /* Isolate the sign name. If it's a number skip leading zeroes, 7594 * so that "099" and "99" are the same sign. But keep "0". */ 7595 p = skiptowhite(arg); 7596 if (*p != NUL) 7597 *p++ = NUL; 7598 while (arg[0] == '0' && arg[1] != NUL) 7599 ++arg; 7600 7601 sp_prev = NULL; 7602 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7603 { 7604 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, arg) == 0) 7605 break; 7606 sp_prev = sp; 7607 } 7608 if (idx == SIGNCMD_DEFINE) 7609 { 7610 /* ":sign define {name} ...": define a sign */ 7611 if (sp == NULL) 7612 { 7613 sign_T *lp; 7614 int start = next_sign_typenr; 7615 7616 /* Allocate a new sign. */ 7617 sp = (sign_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(sign_T)); 7618 if (sp == NULL) 7619 return; 7620 7621 /* Check that next_sign_typenr is not already being used. 7622 * This only happens after wrapping around. Hopefully 7623 * another one got deleted and we can use its number. */ 7624 for (lp = first_sign; lp != NULL; ) 7625 { 7626 if (lp->sn_typenr == next_sign_typenr) 7627 { 7628 ++next_sign_typenr; 7629 if (next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) 7630 next_sign_typenr = 1; 7631 if (next_sign_typenr == start) 7632 { 7633 vim_free(sp); 7634 EMSG(_("E612: Too many signs defined")); 7635 return; 7636 } 7637 lp = first_sign; /* start all over */ 7638 continue; 7639 } 7640 lp = lp->sn_next; 7641 } 7642 7643 sp->sn_typenr = next_sign_typenr; 7644 if (++next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) 7645 next_sign_typenr = 1; /* wrap around */ 7646 7647 sp->sn_name = vim_strsave(arg); 7648 if (sp->sn_name == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7649 { 7650 vim_free(sp); 7651 return; 7652 } 7653 7654 /* add the new sign to the list of signs */ 7655 if (sp_prev == NULL) 7656 first_sign = sp; 7657 else 7658 sp_prev->sn_next = sp; 7659 } 7660 7661 /* set values for a defined sign. */ 7662 for (;;) 7663 { 7664 arg = skipwhite(p); 7665 if (*arg == NUL) 7666 break; 7667 p = skiptowhite_esc(arg); 7668 if (STRNCMP(arg, "icon=", 5) == 0) 7669 { 7670 arg += 5; 7671 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); 7672 sp->sn_icon = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7673 backslash_halve(sp->sn_icon); 7674 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7675 if (gui.in_use) 7676 { 7677 out_flush(); 7678 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) 7679 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); 7680 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); 7681 } 7682 # endif 7683 } 7684 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "text=", 5) == 0) 7685 { 7686 char_u *s; 7687 int cells; 7688 int len; 7689 7690 arg += 5; 7691 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7692 /* Count cells and check for non-printable chars */ 7693 if (has_mbyte) 7694 { 7695 cells = 0; 7696 for (s = arg; s < p; s += (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) 7697 { 7698 if (!vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(s))) 7699 break; 7700 cells += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s); 7701 } 7702 } 7703 else 7704 # endif 7705 { 7706 for (s = arg; s < p; ++s) 7707 if (!vim_isprintc(*s)) 7708 break; 7709 cells = (int)(s - arg); 7710 } 7711 /* Currently must be one or two display cells */ 7712 if (s != p || cells < 1 || cells > 2) 7713 { 7714 *p = NUL; 7715 EMSG2(_("E239: Invalid sign text: %s"), arg); 7716 return; 7717 } 7718 7719 vim_free(sp->sn_text); 7720 /* Allocate one byte more if we need to pad up 7721 * with a space. */ 7722 len = (int)(p - arg + ((cells == 1) ? 1 : 0)); 7723 sp->sn_text = vim_strnsave(arg, len); 7724 7725 if (sp->sn_text != NULL && cells == 1) 7726 STRCPY(sp->sn_text + len - 1, " "); 7727 } 7728 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "linehl=", 7) == 0) 7729 { 7730 arg += 7; 7731 sp->sn_line_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7732 } 7733 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "texthl=", 7) == 0) 7734 { 7735 arg += 7; 7736 sp->sn_text_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7737 } 7738 else 7739 { 7740 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 7741 return; 7742 } 7743 } 7744 } 7745 else if (sp == NULL) 7746 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), arg); 7747 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST) 7748 /* ":sign list {name}" */ 7749 sign_list_defined(sp); 7750 else 7751 /* ":sign undefine {name}" */ 7752 sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev); 7753 } 7754 } 7755 else 7756 { 7757 int id = -1; 7758 linenr_T lnum = -1; 7759 char_u *sign_name = NULL; 7760 char_u *arg1; 7761 7762 if (*arg == NUL) 7763 { 7764 if (idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE) 7765 { 7766 /* ":sign place": list placed signs in all buffers */ 7767 sign_list_placed(NULL); 7768 } 7769 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7770 { 7771 /* ":sign unplace": remove placed sign at cursor */ 7772 id = buf_findsign_id(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 7773 if (id > 0) 7774 { 7775 buf_delsign(curwin->w_buffer, id); 7776 update_debug_sign(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 7777 } 7778 else 7779 EMSG(_("E159: Missing sign number")); 7780 } 7781 else 7782 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); 7783 return; 7784 } 7785 7786 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && arg[0] == '*' && arg[1] == NUL) 7787 { 7788 /* ":sign unplace *": remove all placed signs */ 7789 buf_delete_all_signs(); 7790 return; 7791 } 7792 7793 /* first arg could be placed sign id */ 7794 arg1 = arg; 7795 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) 7796 { 7797 id = getdigits(&arg); 7798 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && *arg != NUL) 7799 { 7800 id = -1; 7801 arg = arg1; 7802 } 7803 else 7804 { 7805 arg = skipwhite(arg); 7806 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && *arg == NUL) 7807 { 7808 /* ":sign unplace {id}": remove placed sign by number */ 7809 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 7810 if ((lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id)) != 0) 7811 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7812 return; 7813 } 7814 } 7815 } 7816 7817 /* 7818 * Check for line={lnum} name={name} and file={fname} or buffer={nr}. 7819 * Leave "arg" pointing to {fname}. 7820 */ 7821 for (;;) 7822 { 7823 if (STRNCMP(arg, "line=", 5) == 0) 7824 { 7825 arg += 5; 7826 lnum = atoi((char *)arg); 7827 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 7828 } 7829 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "*", 1) == 0 && idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7830 { 7831 if (id != -1) 7832 { 7833 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7834 return; 7835 } 7836 id = -2; 7837 arg = skiptowhite(arg + 1); 7838 } 7839 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "name=", 5) == 0) 7840 { 7841 arg += 5; 7842 sign_name = arg; 7843 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 7844 if (*arg != NUL) 7845 *arg++ = NUL; 7846 while (sign_name[0] == '0' && sign_name[1] != NUL) 7847 ++sign_name; 7848 } 7849 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "file=", 5) == 0) 7850 { 7851 arg += 5; 7852 buf = buflist_findname(arg); 7853 break; 7854 } 7855 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "buffer=", 7) == 0) 7856 { 7857 arg += 7; 7858 buf = buflist_findnr((int)getdigits(&arg)); 7859 if (*skipwhite(arg) != NUL) 7860 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 7861 break; 7862 } 7863 else 7864 { 7865 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7866 return; 7867 } 7868 arg = skipwhite(arg); 7869 } 7870 7871 if (buf == NULL) 7872 { 7873 EMSG2(_("E158: Invalid buffer name: %s"), arg); 7874 } 7875 else if (id <= 0 && !(idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && id == -2)) 7876 { 7877 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7878 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7879 else 7880 /* ":sign place file={fname}": list placed signs in one file */ 7881 sign_list_placed(buf); 7882 } 7883 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_JUMP) 7884 { 7885 /* ":sign jump {id} file={fname}" */ 7886 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7887 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7888 else if ((lnum = buf_findsign(buf, id)) > 0) 7889 { /* goto a sign ... */ 7890 if (buf_jump_open_win(buf) != NULL) 7891 { /* ... in a current window */ 7892 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7893 check_cursor_lnum(); 7894 beginline(BL_WHITE); 7895 } 7896 else 7897 { /* ... not currently in a window */ 7898 char_u *cmd; 7899 7900 if (buf->b_fname == NULL) 7901 { 7902 EMSG(_("E934: Cannot jump to a buffer that does not have a name")); 7903 return; 7904 } 7905 cmd = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(buf->b_fname) + 25); 7906 if (cmd == NULL) 7907 return; 7908 sprintf((char *)cmd, "e +%ld %s", (long)lnum, buf->b_fname); 7909 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 7910 vim_free(cmd); 7911 } 7912 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7913 foldOpenCursor(); 7914 # endif 7915 } 7916 else 7917 EMSGN(_("E157: Invalid sign ID: %ld"), id); 7918 } 7919 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7920 { 7921 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7922 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7923 else if (id == -2) 7924 { 7925 /* ":sign unplace * file={fname}" */ 7926 redraw_buf_later(buf, NOT_VALID); 7927 buf_delete_signs(buf); 7928 } 7929 else 7930 { 7931 /* ":sign unplace {id} file={fname}" */ 7932 lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id); 7933 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7934 } 7935 } 7936 /* idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE */ 7937 else if (sign_name != NULL) 7938 { 7939 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7940 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, sign_name) == 0) 7941 break; 7942 if (sp == NULL) 7943 { 7944 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), sign_name); 7945 return; 7946 } 7947 if (lnum > 0) 7948 /* ":sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} file={fname}": 7949 * place a sign */ 7950 buf_addsign(buf, id, lnum, sp->sn_typenr); 7951 else 7952 /* ":sign place {id} file={fname}": change sign type */ 7953 lnum = buf_change_sign_type(buf, id, sp->sn_typenr); 7954 if (lnum > 0) 7955 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7956 else 7957 EMSG2(_("E885: Not possible to change sign %s"), sign_name); 7958 } 7959 else 7960 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7961 } 7962 } 7963 7964 # if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) 7965 /* 7966 * Allocate the icons. Called when the GUI has started. Allows defining 7967 * signs before it starts. 7968 */ 7969 void 7970 sign_gui_started(void) 7971 { 7972 sign_T *sp; 7973 7974 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7975 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) 7976 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); 7977 } 7978 # endif 7979 7980 /* 7981 * List one sign. 7982 */ 7983 static void 7984 sign_list_defined(sign_T *sp) 7985 { 7986 char_u *p; 7987 7988 smsg((char_u *)"sign %s", sp->sn_name); 7989 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) 7990 { 7991 MSG_PUTS(" icon="); 7992 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_icon); 7993 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7994 if (sp->sn_image == NULL) 7995 MSG_PUTS(_(" (NOT FOUND)")); 7996 # else 7997 MSG_PUTS(_(" (not supported)")); 7998 # endif 7999 } 8000 if (sp->sn_text != NULL) 8001 { 8002 MSG_PUTS(" text="); 8003 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_text); 8004 } 8005 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) 8006 { 8007 MSG_PUTS(" linehl="); 8008 p = get_highlight_name_ext(NULL, sp->sn_line_hl - 1, FALSE); 8009 if (p == NULL) 8010 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 8011 else 8012 msg_puts(p); 8013 } 8014 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) 8015 { 8016 MSG_PUTS(" texthl="); 8017 p = get_highlight_name_ext(NULL, sp->sn_text_hl - 1, FALSE); 8018 if (p == NULL) 8019 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 8020 else 8021 msg_puts(p); 8022 } 8023 } 8024 8025 /* 8026 * Undefine a sign and free its memory. 8027 */ 8028 static void 8029 sign_undefine(sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev) 8030 { 8031 vim_free(sp->sn_name); 8032 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); 8033 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 8034 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) 8035 { 8036 out_flush(); 8037 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); 8038 } 8039 # endif 8040 vim_free(sp->sn_text); 8041 if (sp_prev == NULL) 8042 first_sign = sp->sn_next; 8043 else 8044 sp_prev->sn_next = sp->sn_next; 8045 vim_free(sp); 8046 } 8047 8048 /* 8049 * Get highlighting attribute for sign "typenr". 8050 * If "line" is TRUE: line highl, if FALSE: text highl. 8051 */ 8052 int 8053 sign_get_attr(int typenr, int line) 8054 { 8055 sign_T *sp; 8056 8057 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8058 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8059 { 8060 if (line) 8061 { 8062 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) 8063 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_line_hl); 8064 } 8065 else 8066 { 8067 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) 8068 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_text_hl); 8069 } 8070 break; 8071 } 8072 return 0; 8073 } 8074 8075 /* 8076 * Get text mark for sign "typenr". 8077 * Returns NULL if there isn't one. 8078 */ 8079 char_u * 8080 sign_get_text(int typenr) 8081 { 8082 sign_T *sp; 8083 8084 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8085 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8086 return sp->sn_text; 8087 return NULL; 8088 } 8089 8090 # if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) 8091 void * 8092 sign_get_image( 8093 int typenr) /* the attribute which may have a sign */ 8094 { 8095 sign_T *sp; 8096 8097 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8098 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8099 return sp->sn_image; 8100 return NULL; 8101 } 8102 # endif 8103 8104 /* 8105 * Get the name of a sign by its typenr. 8106 */ 8107 char_u * 8108 sign_typenr2name(int typenr) 8109 { 8110 sign_T *sp; 8111 8112 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8113 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8114 return sp->sn_name; 8115 return (char_u *)_("[Deleted]"); 8116 } 8117 8118 # if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 8119 /* 8120 * Undefine/free all signs. 8121 */ 8122 void 8123 free_signs(void) 8124 { 8125 while (first_sign != NULL) 8126 sign_undefine(first_sign, NULL); 8127 } 8128 # endif 8129 8130 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 8131 static enum 8132 { 8133 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand :sign sub-commands */ 8134 EXP_DEFINE, /* expand :sign define {name} args */ 8135 EXP_PLACE, /* expand :sign place {id} args */ 8136 EXP_UNPLACE, /* expand :sign unplace" */ 8137 EXP_SIGN_NAMES /* expand with name of placed signs */ 8138 } expand_what; 8139 8140 /* 8141 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the sign command 8142 * expansion. 8143 */ 8144 char_u * 8145 get_sign_name(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx) 8146 { 8147 sign_T *sp; 8148 int current_idx; 8149 8150 switch (expand_what) 8151 { 8152 case EXP_SUBCMD: 8153 return (char_u *)cmds[idx]; 8154 case EXP_DEFINE: 8155 { 8156 char *define_arg[] = 8157 { 8158 "icon=", "linehl=", "text=", "texthl=", NULL 8159 }; 8160 return (char_u *)define_arg[idx]; 8161 } 8162 case EXP_PLACE: 8163 { 8164 char *place_arg[] = 8165 { 8166 "line=", "name=", "file=", "buffer=", NULL 8167 }; 8168 return (char_u *)place_arg[idx]; 8169 } 8170 case EXP_UNPLACE: 8171 { 8172 char *unplace_arg[] = { "file=", "buffer=", NULL }; 8173 return (char_u *)unplace_arg[idx]; 8174 } 8175 case EXP_SIGN_NAMES: 8176 /* Complete with name of signs already defined */ 8177 current_idx = 0; 8178 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8179 if (current_idx++ == idx) 8180 return sp->sn_name; 8181 return NULL; 8182 default: 8183 return NULL; 8184 } 8185 } 8186 8187 /* 8188 * Handle command line completion for :sign command. 8189 */ 8190 void 8191 set_context_in_sign_cmd(expand_T *xp, char_u *arg) 8192 { 8193 char_u *p; 8194 char_u *end_subcmd; 8195 char_u *last; 8196 int cmd_idx; 8197 char_u *begin_subcmd_args; 8198 8199 /* Default: expand subcommands. */ 8200 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SIGN; 8201 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; 8202 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 8203 8204 end_subcmd = skiptowhite(arg); 8205 if (*end_subcmd == NUL) 8206 /* expand subcmd name 8207 * :sign {subcmd}<CTRL-D>*/ 8208 return; 8209 8210 cmd_idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, end_subcmd); 8211 8212 /* :sign {subcmd} {subcmd_args} 8213 * | 8214 * begin_subcmd_args */ 8215 begin_subcmd_args = skipwhite(end_subcmd); 8216 p = skiptowhite(begin_subcmd_args); 8217 if (*p == NUL) 8218 { 8219 /* 8220 * Expand first argument of subcmd when possible. 8221 * For ":jump {id}" and ":unplace {id}", we could 8222 * possibly expand the ids of all signs already placed. 8223 */ 8224 xp->xp_pattern = begin_subcmd_args; 8225 switch (cmd_idx) 8226 { 8227 case SIGNCMD_LIST: 8228 case SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE: 8229 /* :sign list <CTRL-D> 8230 * :sign undefine <CTRL-D> */ 8231 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; 8232 break; 8233 default: 8234 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8235 } 8236 return; 8237 } 8238 8239 /* expand last argument of subcmd */ 8240 8241 /* :sign define {name} {args}... 8242 * | 8243 * p */ 8244 8245 /* Loop until reaching last argument. */ 8246 do 8247 { 8248 p = skipwhite(p); 8249 last = p; 8250 p = skiptowhite(p); 8251 } while (*p != NUL); 8252 8253 p = vim_strchr(last, '='); 8254 8255 /* :sign define {name} {args}... {last}= 8256 * | | 8257 * last p */ 8258 if (p == NULL) 8259 { 8260 /* Expand last argument name (before equal sign). */ 8261 xp->xp_pattern = last; 8262 switch (cmd_idx) 8263 { 8264 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: 8265 expand_what = EXP_DEFINE; 8266 break; 8267 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: 8268 expand_what = EXP_PLACE; 8269 break; 8270 case SIGNCMD_JUMP: 8271 case SIGNCMD_UNPLACE: 8272 expand_what = EXP_UNPLACE; 8273 break; 8274 default: 8275 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8276 } 8277 } 8278 else 8279 { 8280 /* Expand last argument value (after equal sign). */ 8281 xp->xp_pattern = p + 1; 8282 switch (cmd_idx) 8283 { 8284 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: 8285 if (STRNCMP(last, "texthl", p - last) == 0 || 8286 STRNCMP(last, "linehl", p - last) == 0) 8287 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 8288 else if (STRNCMP(last, "icon", p - last) == 0) 8289 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; 8290 else 8291 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8292 break; 8293 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: 8294 if (STRNCMP(last, "name", p - last) == 0) 8295 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; 8296 else 8297 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8298 break; 8299 default: 8300 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8301 } 8302 } 8303 } 8304 # endif 8305 #endif 8306 8307 /* 8308 * Make the user happy. 8309 */ 8310 void 8311 ex_smile(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 8312 { 8313 static char *code[] = { 8314 "\34 \4o\14$\4ox\30 \2o\30$\1ox\25 \2o\36$\1o\11 \1o\1$\3 \2$\1 \1o\1$x\5 \1o\1 \1$\1 \2o\10 \1o\44$\1o\7 \2$\1 \2$\1 \2$\1o\1$x\2 \2o\1 \1$\1 \1$\1 \1\"\1$\6 \1o\11$\4 \15$\4 \11$\1o\7 \3$\1o\2$\1o\1$x\2 \1\"\6$\1o\1$\5 \1o\11$\6 \13$\6 \12$\1o\4 \10$x\4 \7$\4 \13$\6 \13$\6 \27$x\4 \27$\4 \15$\4 \16$\2 \3\"\3$x\5 \1\"\3$\4\"\61$\5 \1\"\3$x\6 \3$\3 \1o\62$\5 \1\"\3$\1ox\5 \1o\2$\1\"\3 \63$\7 \3$\1ox\5 \3$\4 \55$\1\"\1 \1\"\6$", 8315 "\5o\4$\1ox\4 \1o\3$\4o\5$\2 \45$\3 \1o\21$x\4 \10$\1\"\4$\3 \42$\5 \4$\10\"x\3 \4\"\7 \4$\4 \1\"\34$\1\"\6 \1o\3$x\16 \1\"\3$\1o\5 \3\"\22$\1\"\2$\1\"\11 \3$x\20 \3$\1o\12 \1\"\2$\2\"\6$\4\"\13 \1o\3$x\21 \4$\1o\40 \1o\3$\1\"x\22 \1\"\4$\1o\6 \1o\6$\1o\1\"\4$\1o\10 \1o\4$x\24 \1\"\5$\2o\5 \2\"\4$\1o\5$\1o\3 \1o\4$\2\"x\27 \2\"\5$\4o\2 \1\"\3$\1o\11$\3\"x\32 \2\"\7$\2o\1 \12$x\42 \4\"\13$x\46 \14$x\47 \12$\1\"x\50 \1\"\3$\4\"x" 8316 }; 8317 char *p; 8318 int n; 8319 int i; 8320 8321 msg_start(); 8322 msg_putchar('\n'); 8323 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) 8324 for (p = code[i]; *p != NUL; ++p) 8325 if (*p == 'x') 8326 msg_putchar('\n'); 8327 else 8328 for (n = *p++; n > 0; --n) 8329 if (*p == 'o' || *p == '$') 8330 msg_putchar_attr(*p, HL_ATTR(HLF_L)); 8331 else 8332 msg_putchar(*p); 8333 msg_clr_eos(); 8334 } 8335 8336 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(PROTO) 8337 /* 8338 * ":drop" 8339 * Opens the first argument in a window. When there are two or more arguments 8340 * the argument list is redefined. 8341 */ 8342 void 8343 ex_drop(exarg_T *eap) 8344 { 8345 int split = FALSE; 8346 win_T *wp; 8347 buf_T *buf; 8348 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8349 tabpage_T *tp; 8350 # endif 8351 8352 /* 8353 * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window. If 8354 * so, jump to that window. 8355 * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated 8356 * and mostly only one file is dropped. 8357 * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is 8358 * editing a file name with a wildcard character. 8359 */ 8360 set_arglist(eap->arg); 8361 8362 /* 8363 * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list. E.g. when 8364 * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'. Assume that we 8365 * already did an error message for this. 8366 */ 8367 if (ARGCOUNT == 0) 8368 return; 8369 8370 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8371 if (cmdmod.tab) 8372 { 8373 /* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't 8374 * edited in a window yet. It's like ":tab all" but without closing 8375 * windows or tabs. */ 8376 ex_all(eap); 8377 } 8378 else 8379 # endif 8380 { 8381 /* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument. Jump to an existing 8382 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer 8383 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */ 8384 buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum); 8385 8386 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8387 { 8388 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 8389 { 8390 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8391 goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp); 8392 # endif 8393 curwin->w_arg_idx = 0; 8394 return; 8395 } 8396 } 8397 8398 /* 8399 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need 8400 * to split the current window or data could be lost. 8401 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the 8402 * buffer won't be lost. 8403 */ 8404 if (!buf_hide(curbuf)) 8405 { 8406 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8407 ++emsg_off; 8408 # endif 8409 split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD); 8410 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8411 --emsg_off; 8412 # else 8413 if (split) 8414 return; 8415 # endif 8416 } 8417 8418 /* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */ 8419 if (split) 8420 { 8421 eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst; 8422 eap->cmd[0] = 's'; 8423 } 8424 else 8425 eap->cmdidx = CMD_first; 8426 ex_rewind(eap); 8427 } 8428 } 8429 #endif 8430 8431 /* 8432 * Skip over the pattern argument of ":vimgrep /pat/[g][j]". 8433 * Put the start of the pattern in "*s", unless "s" is NULL. 8434 * If "flags" is not NULL put the flags in it: VGR_GLOBAL, VGR_NOJUMP. 8435 * If "s" is not NULL terminate the pattern with a NUL. 8436 * Return a pointer to the char just past the pattern plus flags. 8437 */ 8438 char_u * 8439 skip_vimgrep_pat(char_u *p, char_u **s, int *flags) 8440 { 8441 int c; 8442 8443 if (vim_isIDc(*p)) 8444 { 8445 /* ":vimgrep pattern fname" */ 8446 if (s != NULL) 8447 *s = p; 8448 p = skiptowhite(p); 8449 if (s != NULL && *p != NUL) 8450 *p++ = NUL; 8451 } 8452 else 8453 { 8454 /* ":vimgrep /pattern/[g][j] fname" */ 8455 if (s != NULL) 8456 *s = p + 1; 8457 c = *p; 8458 p = skip_regexp(p + 1, c, TRUE, NULL); 8459 if (*p != c) 8460 return NULL; 8461 8462 /* Truncate the pattern. */ 8463 if (s != NULL) 8464 *p = NUL; 8465 ++p; 8466 8467 /* Find the flags */ 8468 while (*p == 'g' || *p == 'j') 8469 { 8470 if (flags != NULL) 8471 { 8472 if (*p == 'g') 8473 *flags |= VGR_GLOBAL; 8474 else 8475 *flags |= VGR_NOJUMP; 8476 } 8477 ++p; 8478 } 8479 } 8480 return p; 8481 } 8482 8483 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 8484 /* 8485 * List v:oldfiles in a nice way. 8486 */ 8487 void 8488 ex_oldfiles(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 8489 { 8490 list_T *l = get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES); 8491 listitem_T *li; 8492 int nr = 0; 8493 char_u *fname; 8494 8495 if (l == NULL) 8496 msg((char_u *)_("No old files")); 8497 else 8498 { 8499 msg_start(); 8500 msg_scroll = TRUE; 8501 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL && !got_int; li = li->li_next) 8502 { 8503 ++nr; 8504 fname = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 8505 if (!message_filtered(fname)) 8506 { 8507 msg_outnum((long)nr); 8508 MSG_PUTS(": "); 8509 msg_outtrans(fname); 8510 msg_clr_eos(); 8511 msg_putchar('\n'); 8512 out_flush(); /* output one line at a time */ 8513 ui_breakcheck(); 8514 } 8515 } 8516 8517 /* Assume "got_int" was set to truncate the listing. */ 8518 got_int = FALSE; 8519 8520 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE_CMD 8521 if (cmdmod.browse) 8522 { 8523 quit_more = FALSE; 8524 nr = prompt_for_number(FALSE); 8525 msg_starthere(); 8526 if (nr > 0) 8527 { 8528 char_u *p = list_find_str(get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES), 8529 (long)nr); 8530 8531 if (p != NULL) 8532 { 8533 p = expand_env_save(p); 8534 eap->arg = p; 8535 eap->cmdidx = CMD_edit; 8536 cmdmod.browse = FALSE; 8537 do_exedit(eap, NULL); 8538 vim_free(p); 8539 } 8540 } 8541 } 8542 # endif 8543 } 8544 } 8545 #endif 8546